]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - gdb/breakpoint.c
gdb/
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
75
76 /* readline defines this. */
77 #undef savestring
78
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "python/python.h"
81
82 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
83
84 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
85
86 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
87
88 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
89
90 static void disable_command (char *, int);
91
92 static void enable_command (char *, int);
93
94 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
95 void *),
96 void *);
97
98 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
99
100 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
101
102 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
103
104 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
105 struct linespec_result *,
106 enum bptype, char *,
107 char **);
108
109 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
110 struct linespec_result *,
111 struct linespec_sals *,
112 char *, char *, enum bptype,
113 enum bpdisp, int, int,
114 int,
115 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
116 int, int, int, unsigned);
117
118 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
119 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
120
121 static void clear_command (char *, int);
122
123 static void catch_command (char *, int);
124
125 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
126
127 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
128
129 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
130
131 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
132 enum bptype,
133 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
134 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
135 const struct symtab_and_line *);
136
137 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
138 static. */
139 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
140 struct symtab_and_line,
141 enum bptype,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
143
144 static struct breakpoint *
145 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
146 enum bptype type,
147 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
148
149 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
150
151 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
152 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
153 enum bptype bptype);
154
155 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
156 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
157 struct obj_section *, int);
158
159 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
160 CORE_ADDR addr1,
161 struct address_space *aspace2,
162 CORE_ADDR addr2);
163
164 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
165 struct bp_location *loc2);
166
167 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
168 struct address_space *aspace,
169 CORE_ADDR addr);
170
171 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
172
173 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
174
175 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
176 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
177
178 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
179
180 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
181
182 static void commands_command (char *, int);
183
184 static void condition_command (char *, int);
185
186 typedef enum
187 {
188 mark_inserted,
189 mark_uninserted
190 }
191 insertion_state_t;
192
193 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
194 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
195
196 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
197
198 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
199
200 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
201
202 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
203
204 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
205
206 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
207 enum bptype type,
208 int *other_type_used);
209
210 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
211
212 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
213
214 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
215 int count);
216
217 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
218
219 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
220
221 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
222
223 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
224
225 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
226 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
227
228 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229
230 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231
232 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
233 CORE_ADDR pc);
234
235 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
236 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
237 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
238
239 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
240
241 static void update_global_location_list (int);
242
243 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
244
245 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
246
247 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
248
249 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
250
251 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
252
253 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
254
255 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
256
257 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
258
259 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
260
261 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
262
263 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
264
265 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
266 otherwise. */
267
268 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
269
270 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
271 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
272 char *cond_string,
273 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
274
275 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
276 from. */
277 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
278
279 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
280 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
281 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
282 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
283
284 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
286
287 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
289
290 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
291 breakpoints. */
292 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
293
294 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
296
297 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
299
300 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
301 breakpoints share a single command list. */
302 struct counted_command_line
303 {
304 /* The reference count. */
305 int refc;
306
307 /* The command list. */
308 struct command_line *commands;
309 };
310
311 struct command_line *
312 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
313 {
314 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
315 }
316
317 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
318 current breakpoint. */
319
320 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
321
322 const char *
323 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
324 {
325 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
326 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
327 a breakpoint. */
328 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
329
330 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
331 }
332
333 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
334 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
335 if such is available. */
336 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
337
338 static void
339 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
340 struct cmd_list_element *c,
341 const char *value)
342 {
343 fprintf_filtered (file,
344 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
345 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
346 value);
347 }
348
349 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
350 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
351 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
352 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
353 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
354 static void
355 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
356 struct cmd_list_element *c,
357 const char *value)
358 {
359 fprintf_filtered (file,
360 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
361 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
362 value);
363 }
364
365 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
366 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
367 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
368 use hardware breakpoints. */
369 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
370 static void
371 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
372 struct cmd_list_element *c,
373 const char *value)
374 {
375 fprintf_filtered (file,
376 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
377 value);
378 }
379
380 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
381 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
382 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
383 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
384 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
385
386 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
387 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
388 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
389 static const char *const always_inserted_enums[] = {
390 always_inserted_auto,
391 always_inserted_off,
392 always_inserted_on,
393 NULL
394 };
395 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
396 static void
397 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
398 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
399 {
400 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
401 fprintf_filtered (file,
402 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
403 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
404 value,
405 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
406 else
407 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
408 value);
409 }
410
411 int
412 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
413 {
414 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
415 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
416 }
417
418 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
419
420 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
421 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
422 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
423 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
424 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
425 condition_evaluation_auto,
426 condition_evaluation_host,
427 condition_evaluation_target,
428 NULL
429 };
430
431 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
432 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
433
434 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
435 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
436 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
437
438 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
439 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
440 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
441 evaluation mode. */
442
443 static const char *
444 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
445 {
446 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
447 {
448 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
449 return condition_evaluation_target;
450 else
451 return condition_evaluation_host;
452 }
453 else
454 return mode;
455 }
456
457 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
458
459 static const char *
460 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
461 {
462 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
463 }
464
465 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
466 otherwise. */
467
468 static int
469 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
470 {
471 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
472
473 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
474 }
475
476 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
477
478 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
479 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
480
481 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
482 static int overlay_events_enabled;
483
484 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
485 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
486
487 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
489 current breakpoint. */
490
491 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
492
493 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
494 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
495 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
496 B = TMP)
497
498 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
499 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
500 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
501
502 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
503 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
504 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
505 BP_TMP++)
506
507 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
508 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
509 to where the loop should start from.
510 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
511 appropriate location to start with. */
512
513 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
514 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
515 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
516 BP_LOCP_START \
517 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
518 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
519 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
520
521 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
522
523 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
524 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
525 if (is_tracepoint (B))
526
527 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
528
529 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
530
531 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
532
533 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
534
535 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
536
537 static unsigned bp_location_count;
538
539 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
540 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
541 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
542 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
543 an address you need to read. */
544
545 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
546
547 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
548 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
549 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
550 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
551 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
552
553 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
554
555 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
556 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
557 by a target. */
558 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
559
560 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
561
562 static int breakpoint_count;
563
564 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
565 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
566 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
567 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
568 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
569
570 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
571
572 static int tracepoint_count;
573
574 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
575 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
576 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
577
578 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
579 static int
580 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
581 {
582 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
583 }
584
585 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
586
587 static void
588 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
589 {
590 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
591 breakpoint_count = num;
592 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
593 }
594
595 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
596 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
597 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
598
599 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
600 breakpoint made. */
601
602 void
603 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
604 {
605 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
606 }
607
608 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
609 breakpoint made. */
610
611 void
612 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
613 {
614 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
615 }
616
617 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
618
619 void
620 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
621 {
622 struct breakpoint *b;
623
624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
625 b->hit_count = 0;
626 }
627
628 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
629 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
630
631 static struct counted_command_line *
632 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
633 {
634 struct counted_command_line *result
635 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
636
637 result->refc = 1;
638 result->commands = commands;
639 return result;
640 }
641
642 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
643
644 static void
645 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
646 {
647 if (cmd)
648 ++cmd->refc;
649 }
650
651 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
652 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
653 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
654
655 static void
656 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
657 {
658 if (*cmdp)
659 {
660 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
661 {
662 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
663 xfree (*cmdp);
664 }
665 *cmdp = NULL;
666 }
667 }
668
669 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
670
671 static void
672 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
673 {
674 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
675 }
676
677 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
678 argument. */
679
680 static struct cleanup *
681 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
682 {
683 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
684 }
685
686 \f
687 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
688 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
689
690 struct breakpoint *
691 get_breakpoint (int num)
692 {
693 struct breakpoint *b;
694
695 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
696 if (b->number == num)
697 return b;
698
699 return NULL;
700 }
701
702 \f
703
704 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
705 evaluating conditions on its side. */
706
707 static void
708 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
709 {
710 struct bp_location *loc;
711
712 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
713 evaluating conditions and if the user has
714 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
715 side. */
716 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
717 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
718 return;
719
720 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
721 return;
722
723 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
724 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
725 }
726
727 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
728 evaluating conditions on its side. */
729
730 static void
731 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
732 {
733 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
734 evaluating conditions and if the user has
735 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
736 side. */
737 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
738 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
739
740 return;
741
742 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
743 return;
744
745 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
746 }
747
748 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
749 condition_evaluation_mode. */
750
751 static void
752 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
753 struct cmd_list_element *c)
754 {
755 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
756
757 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
758 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 {
760 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
761 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
762 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
763 return;
764 }
765
766 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
767 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
768
769 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
770 settings was "auto". */
771 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
772
773 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
774 if (new_mode != old_mode)
775 {
776 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
777 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
778 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
779
780 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
781 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
782 */
783
784 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
785 {
786 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
787 target. */
788 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
789 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
790 }
791 else
792 {
793 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
794 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
795 target knows about. */
796 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
797 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
798 loc->needs_update = 1;
799 }
800
801 /* Do the update. */
802 update_global_location_list (1);
803 }
804
805 return;
806 }
807
808 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
809 what "auto" is translating to. */
810
811 static void
812 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
813 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
814 {
815 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
816 fprintf_filtered (file,
817 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
818 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
819 value,
820 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
821 else
822 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
823 value);
824 }
825
826 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
827 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
828 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
829
830 static int
831 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
832 {
833 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
834 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
835
836 if (a->address == b->address)
837 return 0;
838 else
839 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
840 }
841
842 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
843 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
844 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
845 return NULL. */
846
847 static struct bp_location **
848 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
849 {
850 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
851 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
852 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
853
854 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
855 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
856 dummy_loc.address = address;
857
858 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
859 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
860 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
861 bp_location_compare_addrs);
862
863 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
864 if (locp_found == NULL)
865 return NULL;
866
867 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
868 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
869 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
870 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
871 locp_found--;
872
873 return locp_found;
874 }
875
876 void
877 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
878 int from_tty)
879 {
880 xfree (b->cond_string);
881 b->cond_string = NULL;
882
883 if (is_watchpoint (b))
884 {
885 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
886
887 xfree (w->cond_exp);
888 w->cond_exp = NULL;
889 }
890 else
891 {
892 struct bp_location *loc;
893
894 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
895 {
896 xfree (loc->cond);
897 loc->cond = NULL;
898
899 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
900 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
901 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
902 }
903 }
904
905 if (*exp == 0)
906 {
907 if (from_tty)
908 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
909 }
910 else
911 {
912 char *arg = exp;
913
914 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
915 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
916 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
917 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
918
919 if (is_watchpoint (b))
920 {
921 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
922
923 innermost_block = NULL;
924 arg = exp;
925 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
926 if (*arg)
927 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
928 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
929 }
930 else
931 {
932 struct bp_location *loc;
933
934 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
935 {
936 arg = exp;
937 loc->cond =
938 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
939 if (*arg)
940 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
941 }
942 }
943 }
944 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
945
946 breakpoints_changed ();
947 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
948 }
949
950 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
951
952 static void
953 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
954 {
955 struct breakpoint *b;
956 char *p;
957 int bnum;
958
959 if (arg == 0)
960 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
961
962 p = arg;
963 bnum = get_number (&p);
964 if (bnum == 0)
965 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
966
967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
968 if (b->number == bnum)
969 {
970 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
971 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
972 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
973 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
974 if (b->py_bp_object
975 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
976 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
977 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
978 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
979
980 if (is_breakpoint (b))
981 update_global_location_list (1);
982
983 return;
984 }
985
986 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
987 }
988
989 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
990 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
991 Throw if any such commands is found. */
992
993 static void
994 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
995 {
996 struct command_line *c;
997
998 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
999 {
1000 int i;
1001
1002 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1003 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1004 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1005
1006 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1007 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1008
1009 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1010 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1011 command directly. */
1012 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1013 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1014
1015 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1016 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1017 }
1018 }
1019
1020 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1021
1022 static int
1023 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1024 {
1025 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1026 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1027 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1028 }
1029
1030 int
1031 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1032 {
1033 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1034 }
1035
1036 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1037 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1038 found. */
1039
1040 static void
1041 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1042 struct command_line *commands)
1043 {
1044 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1045 {
1046 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1047 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1048 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1049 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1050 struct command_line *c;
1051 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1052 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1053 {
1054 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1055 {
1056 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1057 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1058 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1059 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1060 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1061 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1062
1063 if (while_stepping)
1064 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1065 "can be used only once"));
1066 else
1067 while_stepping = c;
1068 }
1069 }
1070 if (while_stepping)
1071 {
1072 struct command_line *c2;
1073
1074 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1075 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1076 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1077 {
1078 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1079 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1080 }
1081 }
1082 }
1083 else
1084 {
1085 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1086 }
1087 }
1088
1089 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1090 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1091
1092 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1093 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1094 {
1095 struct breakpoint *b;
1096 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1097 struct bp_location *loc;
1098
1099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1100 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1101 {
1102 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1103 if (loc->address == addr)
1104 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1105 }
1106
1107 return found;
1108 }
1109
1110 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1111 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1112
1113 void
1114 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1115 struct command_line *commands)
1116 {
1117 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1118
1119 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1120 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1121 breakpoints_changed ();
1122 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1123 }
1124
1125 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1126 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1127 commands. */
1128
1129 void
1130 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1131 {
1132 int old_silent = b->silent;
1133
1134 b->silent = silent;
1135 if (old_silent != silent)
1136 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1137 }
1138
1139 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1140 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1141
1142 void
1143 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1144 {
1145 int old_thread = b->thread;
1146
1147 b->thread = thread;
1148 if (old_thread != thread)
1149 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1150 }
1151
1152 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1153 breakpoint work for any task. */
1154
1155 void
1156 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1157 {
1158 int old_task = b->task;
1159
1160 b->task = task;
1161 if (old_task != task)
1162 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1163 }
1164
1165 void
1166 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1167 {
1168 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1169
1170 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1171 }
1172
1173 /* A structure used to pass information through
1174 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1175
1176 struct commands_info
1177 {
1178 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1179 int from_tty;
1180
1181 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1182 char *arg;
1183
1184 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1185 already-parsed command. */
1186 struct command_line *control;
1187
1188 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1189 yet been read. */
1190 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1191 };
1192
1193 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1194 commands_command. */
1195
1196 static void
1197 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1198 {
1199 struct commands_info *info = data;
1200
1201 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1202 {
1203 struct command_line *l;
1204
1205 if (info->control != NULL)
1206 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1207 else
1208 {
1209 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1210 char *str;
1211
1212 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1213 "%s, one per line."),
1214 info->arg);
1215
1216 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1217
1218 l = read_command_lines (str,
1219 info->from_tty, 1,
1220 (is_tracepoint (b)
1221 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1222 b);
1223
1224 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1225 }
1226
1227 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1228 }
1229
1230 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1231 do anything. */
1232 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1233 {
1234 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1235 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1236 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1237 b->commands = info->cmd;
1238 breakpoints_changed ();
1239 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1240 }
1241 }
1242
1243 static void
1244 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1245 struct command_line *control)
1246 {
1247 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1248 struct commands_info info;
1249
1250 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1251 info.control = control;
1252 info.cmd = NULL;
1253 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1254 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1255 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1256
1257 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1258 {
1259 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1260 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1261 breakpoint_count);
1262 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1263 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1264 else
1265 {
1266 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1267 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1268 numbers will fail in this case. */
1269 arg = NULL;
1270 }
1271 }
1272 else
1273 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1274 our argument. */
1275 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1276
1277 if (arg != NULL)
1278 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1279
1280 info.arg = arg;
1281
1282 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1283
1284 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1285 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1286
1287 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1288 }
1289
1290 static void
1291 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1292 {
1293 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1294 }
1295
1296 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1297 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1298
1299 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1300 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1301 enum command_control_type
1302 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1303 {
1304 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1305 return simple_control;
1306 }
1307
1308 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1309
1310 static int
1311 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1312 {
1313 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1314 return 0;
1315 if (!bl->inserted)
1316 return 0;
1317 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1318 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1319 return 0;
1320 return 1;
1321 }
1322
1323 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1324 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1325
1326 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1327 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1328 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1329
1330 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1331 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1332 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1333 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1334 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1335 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1336 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1337 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1338 and:
1339 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1340
1341 void
1342 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1343 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1344 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1345 {
1346 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1347 search. */
1348 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1349
1350 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1351 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1352 report higher one. */
1353
1354 bc_l = 0;
1355 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1356 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1357 {
1358 struct bp_location *bl;
1359
1360 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1361 bl = bp_location[bc];
1362
1363 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1364 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1365 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1366 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1367
1368 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1369 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1370 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1371
1372 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1373 >= bl->address)
1374 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1375 <= memaddr))
1376 bc_l = bc;
1377 else
1378 bc_r = bc;
1379 }
1380
1381 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1382 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1383 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1384 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1385 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1386 B:
1387
1388 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1389
1390 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1391 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1392 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1393 and L2. */
1394 while (bc_l > 0
1395 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1396 bc_l--;
1397
1398 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1399
1400 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1401 {
1402 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1403 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1404 int bp_size = 0;
1405 int bptoffset = 0;
1406
1407 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1408 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1409 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1410 bl->owner->number);
1411
1412 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1413 content. */
1414
1415 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1416 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1417 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1418 break;
1419
1420 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1421 continue;
1422 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1423 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1424 continue;
1425
1426 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1427 we need to copy. */
1428 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1429 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1430
1431 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1432 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1433 are reading. */
1434 continue;
1435
1436 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1437 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1438 reading. */
1439 continue;
1440
1441 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1442 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1443 {
1444 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1445 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1446 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1447 bp_addr = memaddr;
1448 }
1449
1450 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1451 {
1452 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1453 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1454 }
1455
1456 if (readbuf != NULL)
1457 {
1458 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1459 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1460 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1461 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1462 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1463
1464 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1465 shadow. */
1466 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1467 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1468 }
1469 else
1470 {
1471 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1472 const unsigned char *bp;
1473 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1474 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1475
1476 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1477 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1478 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1479
1480 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1481 address. */
1482 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1483
1484 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1485 breakpoint's INSN. */
1486 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1487 }
1488 }
1489 }
1490 \f
1491
1492 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1493 breakpoint. */
1494
1495 int
1496 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1497 {
1498 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1499 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1500 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1501 }
1502
1503 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1504
1505 static int
1506 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1507 {
1508 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1509 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1510 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1511 }
1512
1513 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1514 software. */
1515
1516 int
1517 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1518 {
1519 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1520 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1521 }
1522
1523 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1524 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1525 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1526 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1527 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1528 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1529 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1530 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1531
1532 static int
1533 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1534 {
1535 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1536 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1537 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1538 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1539 }
1540
1541 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1542 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1543
1544 static void
1545 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1546 {
1547 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1548
1549 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1550 {
1551 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1552 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1553 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1554 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1555 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1556 }
1557 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1558 }
1559
1560 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1561 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1562 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1563 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1564 in b->loc->cond.
1565 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1566
1567 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1568 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1569 it.
1570
1571 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1572 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1573 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1574 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1575 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1576 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1577 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1578 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1579
1580 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1581 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1582 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1583 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1584 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1585 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1586 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1587 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1588 not changed.
1589
1590 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1591 hardware watchpoints:
1592
1593 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1594 called several times when GDB stops.
1595
1596 [linux]
1597 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1598 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1599 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1600 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1601 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1602 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1603 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1604 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1605 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1606 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1607 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1608
1609 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1610 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1611
1612 static void
1613 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1614 {
1615 int within_current_scope;
1616 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1617 int frame_saved;
1618
1619 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1620 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1621 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1622 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1623 return;
1624
1625 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1626 return;
1627
1628 frame_saved = 0;
1629
1630 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1631 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1632 within_current_scope = 1;
1633 else
1634 {
1635 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1636 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1637 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1638
1639 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1640 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1641 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1642 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1643 return;
1644
1645 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1646 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1647 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1648 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1649 selected frame. */
1650 frame_saved = 1;
1651 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1652
1653 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1654 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1655 if (within_current_scope)
1656 select_frame (fi);
1657 }
1658
1659 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1660 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1661 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1662 b->base.loc = NULL;
1663
1664 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1665 {
1666 char *s;
1667
1668 if (b->exp)
1669 {
1670 xfree (b->exp);
1671 b->exp = NULL;
1672 }
1673 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1674 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1675 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1676 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1677 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1678 be completely different objects. */
1679 value_free (b->val);
1680 b->val = NULL;
1681 b->val_valid = 0;
1682
1683 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1684 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1685 locations (re)created below. */
1686 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1687 {
1688 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1689 {
1690 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1691 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1692 }
1693
1694 s = b->base.cond_string;
1695 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1696 }
1697 }
1698
1699 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1700 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1701 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1702 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1703 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1704 if ( !target_has_execution)
1705 {
1706 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1707 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1708 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1709 }
1710 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1711 {
1712 int pc = 0;
1713 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1714 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1715
1716 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1717
1718 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1719 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1720 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1721 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1722 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1723 watchpoints. */
1724 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1725 {
1726 b->val = v;
1727 b->val_valid = 1;
1728 }
1729
1730 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1731
1732 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1733 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1734 {
1735 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1736 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1737 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1738 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1739 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1740 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1741 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1742 {
1743 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1744
1745 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1746 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1747 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1748 if (v == result
1749 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1750 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1751 {
1752 CORE_ADDR addr;
1753 int len, type;
1754 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1755
1756 addr = value_address (v);
1757 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1758 type = hw_write;
1759 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1760 type = hw_read;
1761 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1762 type = hw_access;
1763
1764 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1765 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1766 ;
1767 *tmp = loc;
1768 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1769
1770 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1771 loc->address = addr;
1772 loc->length = len;
1773 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1774 }
1775 }
1776 }
1777
1778 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1779 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1780 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1781 is started. */
1782 if (reparse)
1783 {
1784 int reg_cnt;
1785 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1786 struct bp_location *bl;
1787
1788 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1789
1790 if (reg_cnt)
1791 {
1792 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1793 enum bptype type;
1794
1795 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1796 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1797 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1798
1799 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1800 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1801 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1802 this watchpoint in as well. */
1803
1804 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1805 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1806 hardware watchpoint type. */
1807 type = b->base.type;
1808 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1809 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1810
1811 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1812 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1813 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1814 through watch_command), so always account for it
1815 manually. */
1816
1817 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1818 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1819
1820 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1821 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1822
1823 target_resources_ok
1824 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1825 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1826 {
1827 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1828
1829 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1830 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1831 "hardware watchpoint."));
1832 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1833 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1834 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1835
1836 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1837 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1838 }
1839 else
1840 {
1841 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1842 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1843 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1844 nop. */
1845 b->base.type = type;
1846 }
1847 }
1848 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1849 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1850 "read/access watchpoint."));
1851 else
1852 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1853
1854 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1855 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1856 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1857 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1858 }
1859
1860 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1861 {
1862 next = value_next (v);
1863 if (v != b->val)
1864 value_free (v);
1865 }
1866
1867 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1868 above left it without any location set up. But,
1869 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1870 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1871 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1872 {
1873 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1874 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1875 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1876 base->loc->address = -1;
1877 base->loc->length = -1;
1878 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1879 }
1880 }
1881 else if (!within_current_scope)
1882 {
1883 printf_filtered (_("\
1884 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1885 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1886 b->base.number);
1887 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1888 }
1889
1890 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1891 if (frame_saved)
1892 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1893 }
1894
1895
1896 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1897 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1898 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1899 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1900 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1901 static int
1902 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1903 {
1904 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1905 return 0;
1906
1907 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1908 return 0;
1909
1910 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1911 return 0;
1912
1913 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1914 return 0;
1915
1916 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1917 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1918 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1919 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1920 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1921 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1922 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1923 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1924 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1925 return 0;
1926
1927 return 1;
1928 }
1929
1930 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1931 that the location is not duplicated. */
1932
1933 static int
1934 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1935 {
1936 int result;
1937 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1938
1939 bl->duplicate = 0;
1940 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1941 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1942 return result;
1943 }
1944
1945 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
1946 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
1947 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
1948 any error during parsing. */
1949
1950 static struct agent_expr *
1951 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
1952 {
1953 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
1954 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
1955 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
1956
1957 if (!cond)
1958 return NULL;
1959
1960 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
1961 that may show up. */
1962 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
1963 {
1964 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
1965 }
1966
1967 if (ex.reason < 0)
1968 {
1969 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
1970 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
1971 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
1972 return NULL;
1973 }
1974
1975 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
1976 return aexpr;
1977 }
1978
1979 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
1980 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
1981 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
1982 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
1983 one of them is true. */
1984
1985 static void
1986 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
1987 {
1988 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
1989 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
1990 int modified = bl->needs_update;
1991 struct bp_location *loc;
1992
1993 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
1994 evaluating conditions and if the user has
1995 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
1996 side. */
1997 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
1998 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
1999 return;
2000
2001 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2002 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2003 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2004 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2005 response back to GDB. */
2006 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2007 {
2008 loc = (*loc2p);
2009 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2010 {
2011 if (modified)
2012 {
2013 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2014
2015 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2016 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2017 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2018 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2019 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2020 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2021
2022 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2023 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2024 to the target. */
2025 if (aexpr)
2026 continue;
2027 }
2028
2029 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2030 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2031 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2032 {
2033 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2034 break;
2035 }
2036 }
2037 }
2038
2039 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2040 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2041 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2042
2043 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2044 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2045 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2046 {
2047 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2048 {
2049 loc = (*loc2p);
2050 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2051 {
2052 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2053 located. */
2054 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2055 return;
2056
2057 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2058 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2059 }
2060 }
2061 }
2062
2063 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2064 for this location's address. */
2065 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2066 {
2067 loc = (*loc2p);
2068 if (loc->cond
2069 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2070 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2071 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2072 && loc->enabled)
2073 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2074 conditions to the target. */
2075 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2076 loc->cond_bytecode);
2077 }
2078
2079 return;
2080 }
2081
2082 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2083 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2084 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2085 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2086 -1 for failure.
2087
2088 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2089 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2090 static int
2091 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2092 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2093 int *disabled_breaks,
2094 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
2095 {
2096 int val = 0;
2097
2098 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2099 return 0;
2100
2101 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2102 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2103 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2104 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2105 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2106 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2107 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2108 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2109 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2110 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2111 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2112 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2113
2114 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2115 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2116 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2117 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2118
2119 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2120 {
2121 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2122 /* Reset the condition modification marker. */
2123 bl->needs_update = 0;
2124 }
2125
2126 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2127 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2128 {
2129 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2130 {
2131 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2132 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2133 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2134
2135 Two important cases are:
2136 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2137 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2138 hardware breakpoint.
2139 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2140 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2141 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2142 so we undo.
2143
2144 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2145 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2146 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2147 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2148 gdb. */
2149 struct mem_region *mr
2150 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2151
2152 if (mr)
2153 {
2154 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2155 {
2156 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2157
2158 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2159 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2160 else
2161 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2162
2163 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2164 {
2165 static int said = 0;
2166
2167 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2168 if (!said)
2169 {
2170 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2171 _("Note: automatically using "
2172 "hardware breakpoints for "
2173 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2174 said = 1;
2175 }
2176 }
2177 }
2178 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2179 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2180 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2181 "at readonly address %s"),
2182 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2183 }
2184 }
2185
2186 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2187 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2188 || bl->section == NULL
2189 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2190 {
2191 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2192
2193 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2194 }
2195 else
2196 {
2197 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2198 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2199 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2200 {
2201 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2202 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2203 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2204 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2205 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2206 bl->owner->number);
2207 else
2208 {
2209 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2210 bl->section);
2211 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2212 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2213 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2214 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2215 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2216 if (val != 0)
2217 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2218 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2219 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2220 bl->owner->number);
2221 }
2222 }
2223 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2224 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2225 {
2226 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2227 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2228 }
2229 else
2230 {
2231 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2232 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2233 return 0;
2234 }
2235 }
2236
2237 if (val)
2238 {
2239 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2240 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2241 {
2242 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2243 val = 0;
2244 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2246 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2247 {
2248 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2249 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2250 bl->owner->number);
2251 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2252 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2253 "library breakpoints:\n");
2254 }
2255 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2256 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2257 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2258 }
2259 else
2260 {
2261 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2262 {
2263 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2264 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2265 "Cannot insert hardware "
2266 "breakpoint %d.\n",
2267 bl->owner->number);
2268 }
2269 else
2270 {
2271 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2272 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2273 bl->owner->number);
2274 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2275 "Error accessing memory address ");
2276 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2277 tmp_error_stream);
2278 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2279 safe_strerror (val));
2280 }
2281
2282 }
2283 }
2284 else
2285 bl->inserted = 1;
2286
2287 return val;
2288 }
2289
2290 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2291 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2292 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2293 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2294 {
2295 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2296 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2297
2298 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2299
2300 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2301 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2302 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2303 {
2304 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2305
2306 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2307 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2308 of this one. */
2309 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2310 if (loc != bl
2311 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2312 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2313 {
2314 bl->duplicate = 1;
2315 bl->inserted = 1;
2316 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2317 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2318 val = 0;
2319 break;
2320 }
2321
2322 if (val == 1)
2323 {
2324 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2325 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2326
2327 if (val)
2328 /* Back to the original value. */
2329 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2330 }
2331 }
2332
2333 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2334 }
2335
2336 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2337 {
2338 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2339 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2340
2341 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2342 if (val)
2343 {
2344 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2345
2346 if (val == 1)
2347 warning (_("\
2348 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2349 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2350 else
2351 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2352 }
2353
2354 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2355
2356 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2357 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2358 so just return success. */
2359 return 0;
2360 }
2361
2362 return 0;
2363 }
2364
2365 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2366 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2367 PSPACE anymore. */
2368
2369 void
2370 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2371 {
2372 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2373 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2374
2375 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2376 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2377 {
2378 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2379 delete_breakpoint (b);
2380 }
2381
2382 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2383 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2384 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2385 {
2386 struct bp_location *tmp;
2387
2388 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2389 {
2390 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2391 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2392 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2393 else
2394 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2395 if (tmp->next == loc)
2396 {
2397 tmp->next = loc->next;
2398 break;
2399 }
2400 }
2401 }
2402
2403 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2404 removed locations above. */
2405 update_global_location_list (0);
2406 }
2407
2408 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2409 Throws exception on any error.
2410 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2411 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2412 void
2413 insert_breakpoints (void)
2414 {
2415 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2416
2417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2418 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2419 {
2420 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2421
2422 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2423 }
2424
2425 update_global_location_list (1);
2426
2427 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2428 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2429 now. */
2430 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2431 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2432 }
2433
2434 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2435
2436 void
2437 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2438 {
2439 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2440
2441 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2442 {
2443 callback (loc, NULL);
2444 }
2445 }
2446
2447 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2448 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2449 always-inserted mode. */
2450
2451 static void
2452 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2453 {
2454 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2455 int error_flag = 0;
2456 int val = 0;
2457 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2458 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2459
2460 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2461 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2462
2463 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2464 there was an error. */
2465 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2466
2467 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2468
2469 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2470 {
2471 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2472 breakpoints. */
2473 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2474 continue;
2475
2476 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2477 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2478 deletion of breakpoints. */
2479 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2480 continue;
2481
2482 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2483
2484 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2485 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2486 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2487 insert breakpoints. */
2488 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2489 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2490 continue;
2491
2492 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2493 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2494 if (val)
2495 error_flag = val;
2496 }
2497
2498 if (error_flag)
2499 {
2500 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2501 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2502 }
2503
2504 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2505 }
2506
2507 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2508
2509 static void
2510 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2511 {
2512 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2513 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2514 int error_flag = 0;
2515 int val = 0;
2516 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2517 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2518
2519 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2520 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2521
2522 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2523 there was an error. */
2524 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2525
2526 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2527
2528 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2529 {
2530 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2531 continue;
2532
2533 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2534 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2535 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2536 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2537 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2538 continue;
2539
2540 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2541
2542 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2543 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2544 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2545 insert breakpoints. */
2546 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2547 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2548 continue;
2549
2550 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2551 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2552 if (val)
2553 error_flag = val;
2554 }
2555
2556 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2557 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2559 {
2560 int some_failed = 0;
2561 struct bp_location *loc;
2562
2563 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2564 continue;
2565
2566 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2567 continue;
2568
2569 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2570 continue;
2571
2572 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2573 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2574 {
2575 some_failed = 1;
2576 break;
2577 }
2578 if (some_failed)
2579 {
2580 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2581 if (loc->inserted)
2582 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2583
2584 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2586 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2587 bpt->number);
2588 error_flag = -1;
2589 }
2590 }
2591
2592 if (error_flag)
2593 {
2594 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2595 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2596 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2597 {
2598 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2599 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2600 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2601 }
2602 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2603 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2604 }
2605
2606 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2607 }
2608
2609 /* Used when the program stops.
2610 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2611 removing a breakpoint location. */
2612
2613 int
2614 remove_breakpoints (void)
2615 {
2616 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2617 int val = 0;
2618
2619 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2620 {
2621 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2622 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2623 }
2624 return val;
2625 }
2626
2627 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2628
2629 int
2630 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2631 {
2632 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2633 int val;
2634 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2635
2636 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2637 {
2638 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2639 continue;
2640
2641 if (bl->inserted)
2642 {
2643 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2644 if (val != 0)
2645 return val;
2646 }
2647 }
2648 return 0;
2649 }
2650
2651 int
2652 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2653 {
2654 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2655 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2656 int val;
2657 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2658 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2659 struct inferior *inf;
2660 struct thread_info *tp;
2661
2662 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2663 if (tp == NULL)
2664 return 1;
2665
2666 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2667 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2668
2669 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2670
2671 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2672 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2673
2674 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2675 {
2676 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2677 continue;
2678
2679 if (bl->inserted)
2680 {
2681 bl->inserted = 0;
2682 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2683 if (val != 0)
2684 {
2685 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2686 return val;
2687 }
2688 }
2689 }
2690 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2691 return 0;
2692 }
2693
2694 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2695
2696 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2697 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2698 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2699 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2700 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2701 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2702 static void
2703 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2704 {
2705 if (internal)
2706 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2707 else
2708 {
2709 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2710 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2711 }
2712 }
2713
2714 static struct breakpoint *
2715 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2716 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2717 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2718 {
2719 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2720 struct breakpoint *b;
2721
2722 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2723
2724 sal.pc = address;
2725 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2726 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2727
2728 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2729 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2730 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2731
2732 return b;
2733 }
2734
2735 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2736 {
2737 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2738 };
2739 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2740
2741 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2742 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2743 {
2744 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2745 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2746
2747 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2748 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2749
2750 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
2751 int longjmp_searched;
2752
2753 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
2754 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
2755
2756 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2757 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2758
2759 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2760 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2761
2762 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
2763 int exception_searched;
2764
2765 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
2766 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
2767 };
2768
2769 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2770
2771 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2772 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2773
2774 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2775
2776 static int
2777 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2778 {
2779 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2780 }
2781
2782 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2783 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2784
2785 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2786 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2787 {
2788 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2789
2790 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2791 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2792 {
2793 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2794 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2795
2796 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2797 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2798 }
2799 return bp_objfile_data;
2800 }
2801
2802 static void
2803 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
2804 {
2805 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
2806
2807 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
2808 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
2809 }
2810
2811 static void
2812 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2813 {
2814 struct objfile *objfile;
2815 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2816
2817 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2818 {
2819 struct breakpoint *b;
2820 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2821 CORE_ADDR addr;
2822
2823 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2824
2825 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2826 continue;
2827
2828 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2829 {
2830 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2831
2832 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2833 if (m == NULL)
2834 {
2835 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2836 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2837 continue;
2838 }
2839 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2840 }
2841
2842 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2843 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2844 bp_overlay_event,
2845 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2846 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2847
2848 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2849 {
2850 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2851 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2852 }
2853 else
2854 {
2855 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2856 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2857 }
2858 }
2859 update_global_location_list (1);
2860 }
2861
2862 static void
2863 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2864 {
2865 struct program_space *pspace;
2866 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2867
2868 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2869
2870 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2871 {
2872 struct objfile *objfile;
2873
2874 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2875
2876 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2877 {
2878 int i;
2879 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2880 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2881
2882 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2883 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2884 continue;
2885
2886 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2887
2888 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
2889 {
2890 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
2891 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
2892 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
2893 }
2894
2895 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
2896 {
2897 int i;
2898 struct probe *probe;
2899 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2900
2901 for (i = 0;
2902 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
2903 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
2904 i, probe);
2905 ++i)
2906 {
2907 struct breakpoint *b;
2908
2909 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
2910 bp_longjmp_master,
2911 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2912 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
2913 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2914 }
2915
2916 continue;
2917 }
2918
2919 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2920 {
2921 struct breakpoint *b;
2922 const char *func_name;
2923 CORE_ADDR addr;
2924
2925 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2926 continue;
2927
2928 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2929 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2930 {
2931 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2932
2933 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2934 if (m == NULL)
2935 {
2936 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2937 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2938 continue;
2939 }
2940 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2941 }
2942
2943 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2944 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2945 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2946 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2947 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2948 }
2949 }
2950 }
2951 update_global_location_list (1);
2952
2953 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2954 }
2955
2956 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2957 static void
2958 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2959 {
2960 struct program_space *pspace;
2961 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2962 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2963
2964 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2965
2966 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2967 {
2968 struct objfile *objfile;
2969 CORE_ADDR addr;
2970
2971 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2972
2973 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2974 {
2975 struct breakpoint *b;
2976 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2977
2978 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2979
2980 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2981 continue;
2982
2983 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2984 {
2985 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2986
2987 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2988 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2989 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2990 {
2991 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2992 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2993 continue;
2994 }
2995 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2996 }
2997
2998 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2999 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3000 bp_std_terminate_master,
3001 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3002 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3003 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3004 }
3005 }
3006
3007 update_global_location_list (1);
3008
3009 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3010 }
3011
3012 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3013
3014 static void
3015 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3016 {
3017 struct objfile *objfile;
3018 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3019
3020 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3021 {
3022 struct breakpoint *b;
3023 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3024 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3025 CORE_ADDR addr;
3026
3027 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3028
3029 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3030 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3031 {
3032 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3033 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3034 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3035 }
3036
3037 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3038 {
3039 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3040 int i;
3041 struct probe *probe;
3042
3043 for (i = 0;
3044 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3045 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3046 i, probe);
3047 ++i)
3048 {
3049 struct breakpoint *b;
3050
3051 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3052 bp_exception_master,
3053 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3054 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3055 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3056 }
3057
3058 continue;
3059 }
3060
3061 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3062
3063 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3064 continue;
3065
3066 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3067
3068 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3069 {
3070 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3071
3072 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3073 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3074 {
3075 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3076 continue;
3077 }
3078
3079 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3080 }
3081
3082 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3083 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3084 &current_target);
3085 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3086 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3087 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3088 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3089 }
3090
3091 update_global_location_list (1);
3092 }
3093
3094 void
3095 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3096 {
3097 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3098 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3099
3100 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3101 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3102 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3103 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3104 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3105 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3106 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3107 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3109 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3110 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3111
3112 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3113 {
3114 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3115 continue;
3116
3117 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3118 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3119 {
3120 delete_breakpoint (b);
3121 continue;
3122 }
3123
3124 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3125 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3126 {
3127 delete_breakpoint (b);
3128 continue;
3129 }
3130
3131 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3132 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3133 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3134 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3135 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3136 {
3137 delete_breakpoint (b);
3138 continue;
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3142 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3143 {
3144 delete_breakpoint (b);
3145 continue;
3146 }
3147
3148 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3149 after an exec. */
3150 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3151 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3152 {
3153 delete_breakpoint (b);
3154 continue;
3155 }
3156
3157 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3158 {
3159 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3160 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3161 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3162 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3163 continue;
3164 }
3165
3166 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3167 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3168 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3169 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3170 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3171 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3172
3173 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3174 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3175 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3176 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3177 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3178 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3179 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3180
3181 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3182 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3183 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3184 let finish_command delete it.
3185
3186 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3187 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3188 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3189 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3190 solib breakpoints.) */
3191
3192 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3193 {
3194 continue;
3195 }
3196
3197 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3198 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3199 a.out. */
3200 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3201 {
3202 delete_breakpoint (b);
3203 continue;
3204 }
3205 }
3206 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3207 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3208 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3209 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3210 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3211 }
3212
3213 int
3214 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
3215 {
3216 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3217 int val = 0;
3218 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3219 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3220
3221 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3222 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3223
3224 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3225 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
3226 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3227 {
3228 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3229 continue;
3230
3231 if (bl->inserted)
3232 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3233 }
3234
3235 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3236 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3237
3238 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3239 return val;
3240 }
3241
3242 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3243 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3244 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3245 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3246 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3247
3248 static int
3249 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3250 {
3251 int val;
3252
3253 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3254 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3255
3256 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3257 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3258 return 0;
3259
3260 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3261 This should not ever happen. */
3262 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3263
3264 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3265 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3266 {
3267 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3268 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3269 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3270
3271 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3272 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3273 || bl->section == NULL
3274 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3275 {
3276 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3277 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3278 }
3279 else
3280 {
3281 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3282 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3283 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3284 {
3285 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3286 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3287 */
3288 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3289 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3290 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3291 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3292 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3293 else
3294 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3295 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3296 }
3297 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3298 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3299 if (bl->inserted)
3300 {
3301 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3302 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3303 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3304 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3305
3306 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3307 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3308 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3309 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3310 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3311 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3312 else
3313 val = 0;
3314 }
3315 else
3316 {
3317 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3318 val = 0;
3319 }
3320 }
3321
3322 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3323 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3324 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3325 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3326 val = 0;
3327
3328 if (val)
3329 return val;
3330 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3331 }
3332 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3333 {
3334 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3335 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3336
3337 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3338 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3339
3340 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3341 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3342 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3343 bl->owner->number);
3344 }
3345 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3346 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3347 && !bl->duplicate)
3348 {
3349 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3350 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3351
3352 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3353 if (val)
3354 return val;
3355
3356 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3357 }
3358
3359 return 0;
3360 }
3361
3362 static int
3363 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3364 {
3365 int ret;
3366 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3367
3368 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3369 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3370
3371 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3372 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3373 return 0;
3374
3375 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3376 This should not ever happen. */
3377 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3378
3379 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3380
3381 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3382
3383 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3384
3385 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3386 return ret;
3387 }
3388
3389 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3390
3391 void
3392 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3393 {
3394 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3395
3396 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3397 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3398 bl->inserted = 0;
3399 }
3400
3401 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3402 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3403
3404 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3405 between runs.
3406
3407 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3408 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3409 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3410
3411
3412
3413 void
3414 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3415 {
3416 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3417 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3418 int ix;
3419 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3420
3421 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3422 nothing to do. */
3423 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
3424 return;
3425
3426 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3427 {
3428 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3429 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3430 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3431 bl->inserted = 0;
3432 }
3433
3434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3435 {
3436 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3437 continue;
3438
3439 switch (b->type)
3440 {
3441 case bp_call_dummy:
3442
3443 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3444 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3445 rid of it. */
3446
3447 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3448
3449 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3450
3451 case bp_shlib_event:
3452
3453 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3454 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3455 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3456 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3457 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3458
3459 (gdb) file prog-linux
3460 (gdb) run # native linux target
3461 ...
3462 (gdb) kill
3463 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3464 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3465 */
3466
3467 case bp_step_resume:
3468
3469 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3470
3471 delete_breakpoint (b);
3472 break;
3473
3474 case bp_watchpoint:
3475 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3476 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3477 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3478 {
3479 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3480
3481 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3482 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3483 delete_breakpoint (b);
3484 else if (context == inf_starting)
3485 {
3486 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3487 insert_breakpoints. */
3488 if (w->val)
3489 value_free (w->val);
3490 w->val = NULL;
3491 w->val_valid = 0;
3492 }
3493 }
3494 break;
3495 default:
3496 break;
3497 }
3498 }
3499
3500 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3501 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3502 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3503 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3504 }
3505
3506 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3507 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3508 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3509 match, not program space. */
3510
3511 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3512 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3513 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3514 permanent breakpoint.
3515 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3516 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3517 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3518 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3519 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3520
3521 enum breakpoint_here
3522 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3523 {
3524 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3525 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3526
3527 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3528 {
3529 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3530 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3531 continue;
3532
3533 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3534 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3535 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3536 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3537 {
3538 if (overlay_debugging
3539 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3540 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3541 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3542 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3543 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3544 else
3545 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3546 }
3547 }
3548
3549 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3550 }
3551
3552 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3553
3554 int
3555 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3556 {
3557 struct bp_location *loc;
3558 int ix;
3559
3560 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3561 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3562 return 1;
3563
3564 return 0;
3565 }
3566
3567 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3568 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3569 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3570 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3571
3572 int
3573 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3574 CORE_ADDR pc)
3575 {
3576 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3577
3578 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3579 {
3580 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3581 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3582 continue;
3583
3584 if (bl->inserted
3585 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3586 {
3587 if (overlay_debugging
3588 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3589 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3590 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3591 else
3592 return 1;
3593 }
3594 }
3595 return 0;
3596 }
3597
3598 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3599 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3600
3601 int
3602 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3603 {
3604 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3605 return 1;
3606
3607 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3608 return 1;
3609
3610 return 0;
3611 }
3612
3613 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3614 inserted at PC. */
3615
3616 int
3617 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3618 CORE_ADDR pc)
3619 {
3620 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3621
3622 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3623 {
3624 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3625 continue;
3626
3627 if (bl->inserted
3628 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3629 aspace, pc))
3630 {
3631 if (overlay_debugging
3632 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3633 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3634 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3635 else
3636 return 1;
3637 }
3638 }
3639
3640 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3641 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3642 return 1;
3643
3644 return 0;
3645 }
3646
3647 int
3648 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3649 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3650 {
3651 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3652
3653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3654 {
3655 struct bp_location *loc;
3656
3657 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3658 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3659 continue;
3660
3661 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3662 continue;
3663
3664 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3665 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3666 {
3667 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3668
3669 /* Check for intersection. */
3670 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3671 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3672 if (l < h)
3673 return 1;
3674 }
3675 }
3676 return 0;
3677 }
3678
3679 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3680 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3681
3682 int
3683 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3684 ptid_t ptid)
3685 {
3686 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3687 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3688 int thread = -1;
3689 int task = 0;
3690
3691 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3692 {
3693 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3694 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3695 continue;
3696
3697 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3698 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3699 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3700 continue;
3701
3702 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3703 continue;
3704
3705 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3706 {
3707 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3708 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3709 it is now time to do so. */
3710 if (thread == -1)
3711 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3712 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3713 continue;
3714 }
3715
3716 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3717 {
3718 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3719 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3720 it is now time to do so. */
3721 if (task == 0)
3722 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3723 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3724 continue;
3725 }
3726
3727 if (overlay_debugging
3728 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3729 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3730 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3731
3732 return 1;
3733 }
3734
3735 return 0;
3736 }
3737 \f
3738
3739 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3740 in breakpoint.h. */
3741
3742 int
3743 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3744 {
3745 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3746 }
3747
3748 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3749 'next' chain. */
3750
3751 static void
3752 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3753 {
3754 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3755 value_free (bs->old_val);
3756 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3757 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3758 xfree (bs);
3759 }
3760
3761 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3762 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3763
3764 void
3765 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3766 {
3767 bpstat p;
3768 bpstat q;
3769
3770 if (bsp == 0)
3771 return;
3772 p = *bsp;
3773 while (p != NULL)
3774 {
3775 q = p->next;
3776 bpstat_free (p);
3777 p = q;
3778 }
3779 *bsp = NULL;
3780 }
3781
3782 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3783 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3784
3785 bpstat
3786 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3787 {
3788 bpstat p = NULL;
3789 bpstat tmp;
3790 bpstat retval = NULL;
3791
3792 if (bs == NULL)
3793 return bs;
3794
3795 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3796 {
3797 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3798 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3799 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3800 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3801 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3802 {
3803 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3804 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3805 }
3806
3807 if (p == NULL)
3808 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3809 retval = tmp;
3810 else
3811 p->next = tmp;
3812 p = tmp;
3813 }
3814 p->next = NULL;
3815 return retval;
3816 }
3817
3818 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3819
3820 bpstat
3821 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3822 {
3823 if (bsp == NULL)
3824 return NULL;
3825
3826 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3827 {
3828 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3829 return bsp;
3830 }
3831 return NULL;
3832 }
3833
3834 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3835 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3836 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3837 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3838
3839 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3840 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3841 we set it.
3842 Return 1 otherwise. */
3843
3844 int
3845 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3846 {
3847 struct breakpoint *b;
3848
3849 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3850 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3851
3852 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3853 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3854 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3855 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3856 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3857 if (b == NULL)
3858 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3859
3860 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3861 return 1;
3862 }
3863
3864 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3865
3866 void
3867 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3868 {
3869 struct thread_info *tp;
3870 bpstat bs;
3871
3872 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3873 return;
3874
3875 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3876 if (tp == NULL)
3877 return;
3878
3879 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3880 {
3881 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3882
3883 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3884 {
3885 value_free (bs->old_val);
3886 bs->old_val = NULL;
3887 }
3888 }
3889 }
3890
3891 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3892
3893 static void
3894 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3895 {
3896 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3897 {
3898 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3899
3900 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3901 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3902 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3903 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3904 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3905 return;
3906 }
3907
3908 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3909 }
3910
3911 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3912 command. */
3913 static void
3914 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3915 {
3916 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3917 }
3918
3919 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3920 or its equivalent. */
3921
3922 static int
3923 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3924 {
3925 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3926 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3927 }
3928
3929 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3930 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3931 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3932 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3933
3934 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3935 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3936 bpstat of the current thread. */
3937
3938 static int
3939 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3940 {
3941 bpstat bs;
3942 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3943 int again = 0;
3944
3945 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3946 in bs->commands. */
3947 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3948 return 0;
3949
3950 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3951 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3952
3953 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3954
3955 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3956 bs = *bsp;
3957
3958 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3959 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3960 {
3961 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3962 struct command_line *cmd;
3963 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3964
3965 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3966
3967 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3968 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3969 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3970 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3971 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3972 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3973 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3974 the tree when we're done. */
3975 ccmd = bs->commands;
3976 bs->commands = NULL;
3977 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3978 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3979 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3980 {
3981 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3982 cmd = cmd->next;
3983 }
3984
3985 while (cmd != NULL)
3986 {
3987 execute_control_command (cmd);
3988
3989 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3990 break;
3991 else
3992 cmd = cmd->next;
3993 }
3994
3995 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3996 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3997
3998 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3999 {
4000 if (target_can_async_p ())
4001 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4002 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4003 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4004 ;
4005 else
4006 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4007 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4008 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4009 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4010 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4011 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4012 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4013 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4014 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4015 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4016 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4017 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4018 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4019 again = 1;
4020 break;
4021 }
4022 }
4023 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4024 return again;
4025 }
4026
4027 void
4028 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4029 {
4030 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4031
4032 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4033 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4034 && target_has_execution
4035 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4036 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4037 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4038 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4039 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4040 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4041 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4042 break;
4043
4044 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4045 }
4046
4047 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4048
4049 static void
4050 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4051 {
4052 if (val == NULL)
4053 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4054 else
4055 {
4056 struct value_print_options opts;
4057 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4058 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4059 }
4060 }
4061
4062 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4063 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4064 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4065 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4066 normal_stop(). */
4067
4068 static enum print_stop_action
4069 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4070 {
4071 switch (bs->print_it)
4072 {
4073 case print_it_noop:
4074 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4075 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4076 break;
4077
4078 case print_it_done:
4079 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4080 relevant messages. */
4081 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4082 break;
4083
4084 case print_it_normal:
4085 {
4086 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4087
4088 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4089 which has since been deleted. */
4090 if (b == NULL)
4091 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4092
4093 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4094 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4095 }
4096 break;
4097
4098 default:
4099 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4100 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4101 break;
4102 }
4103 }
4104
4105 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4106
4107 static void
4108 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4109 {
4110 int any_deleted
4111 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4112 int any_added
4113 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4114
4115 if (!is_catchpoint)
4116 {
4117 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4118 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4119 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4120 else
4121 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4122 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4123 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4124 }
4125
4126 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4127 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4128 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4129
4130 if (any_deleted)
4131 {
4132 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4133 char *name;
4134 int ix;
4135
4136 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4137 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4138 "removed");
4139 for (ix = 0;
4140 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4141 ix, name);
4142 ++ix)
4143 {
4144 if (ix > 0)
4145 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4146 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4147 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4148 }
4149
4150 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4151 }
4152
4153 if (any_added)
4154 {
4155 struct so_list *iter;
4156 int ix;
4157 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4158
4159 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4160 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4161 "added");
4162 for (ix = 0;
4163 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4164 ix, iter);
4165 ++ix)
4166 {
4167 if (ix > 0)
4168 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4169 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4170 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4171 }
4172
4173 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4174 }
4175 }
4176
4177 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4178 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4179 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4180 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4181 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4182 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4183 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4184 routine is one of:
4185
4186 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4187 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4188 code to print the location. An example is
4189 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4190 the location.
4191 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4192 to also print the location part of the message.
4193 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4194 don't require a location appended to the end.
4195 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4196 further info to be printed. */
4197
4198 enum print_stop_action
4199 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4200 {
4201 int val;
4202
4203 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4204 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4205 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4206 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4207 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4208 {
4209 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4210 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4211 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4212 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4213 return val;
4214 }
4215
4216 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4217 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4218 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4219 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4220 {
4221 print_solib_event (0);
4222 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4223 }
4224
4225 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4226 with and nothing was printed. */
4227 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4228 }
4229
4230 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4231 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4232 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4233 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4234
4235 static int
4236 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4237 {
4238 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4239 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4240
4241 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4242 return i;
4243 }
4244
4245 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4246
4247 static bpstat
4248 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4249 {
4250 bpstat bs;
4251
4252 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4253 bs->next = NULL;
4254 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4255 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4256 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4257 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4258 incref_bp_location (bl);
4259 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4260 bs->commands = NULL;
4261 bs->old_val = NULL;
4262 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4263 return bs;
4264 }
4265 \f
4266 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4267 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4268
4269 int
4270 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4271 {
4272 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4273 CORE_ADDR addr;
4274 struct breakpoint *b;
4275
4276 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4277 {
4278 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4279 as not triggered. */
4280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4281 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4282 {
4283 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4284
4285 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4286 }
4287
4288 return 0;
4289 }
4290
4291 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4292 {
4293 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4294 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4296 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4297 {
4298 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4299
4300 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4301 }
4302
4303 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4304 }
4305
4306 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4307 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4308 triggered. */
4309
4310 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4311 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4312 {
4313 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4314 struct bp_location *loc;
4315
4316 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4317 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4318 {
4319 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4320 {
4321 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4322 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4323
4324 if (newaddr == start)
4325 {
4326 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4327 break;
4328 }
4329 }
4330 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4331 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4332 addr, loc->address,
4333 loc->length))
4334 {
4335 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4336 break;
4337 }
4338 }
4339 }
4340
4341 return 1;
4342 }
4343
4344 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4345 because of check_errors). */
4346 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4347 #define WP_DELETED 1
4348 /* The value has changed. */
4349 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4350 /* The value has not changed. */
4351 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4352 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4353 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4354
4355 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4356 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4357
4358 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4359 changed.
4360
4361 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4362 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4363
4364 static int
4365 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4366 {
4367 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4368 struct watchpoint *b;
4369 struct frame_info *fr;
4370 int within_current_scope;
4371
4372 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4373 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4374 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4375
4376 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4377 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4378 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4379 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4380 return WP_IGNORE;
4381
4382 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4383 within_current_scope = 1;
4384 else
4385 {
4386 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4387 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4388 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4389
4390 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4391 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4392 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4393 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4394 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4395 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4396 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4397 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4398 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4399 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4400 return WP_IGNORE;
4401
4402 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4403 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4404
4405 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4406 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4407 if (within_current_scope)
4408 {
4409 struct symbol *function;
4410
4411 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4412 if (function == NULL
4413 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4414 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4415 within_current_scope = 0;
4416 }
4417
4418 if (within_current_scope)
4419 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4420 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4421 the user. */
4422 select_frame (fr);
4423 }
4424
4425 if (within_current_scope)
4426 {
4427 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4428 time before we return to the command level and call
4429 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4430 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4431
4432 int pc = 0;
4433 struct value *mark;
4434 struct value *new_val;
4435
4436 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4437 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4438 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4439 a mask watchpoint. */
4440 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4441
4442 mark = value_mark ();
4443 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4444
4445 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4446 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4447 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4448 not what we want. */
4449 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4450 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4451 {
4452 if (new_val != NULL)
4453 {
4454 release_value (new_val);
4455 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4456 }
4457 bs->old_val = b->val;
4458 b->val = new_val;
4459 b->val_valid = 1;
4460 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4461 }
4462 else
4463 {
4464 /* Nothing changed. */
4465 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4466 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4467 }
4468 }
4469 else
4470 {
4471 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4472
4473 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4474 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4475 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4476 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4477 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4478 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4479 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4480 the first value assigned). */
4481 /* We print all the stop information in
4482 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4483 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4484 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4485 here. */
4486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4487 ui_out_field_string
4488 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4489 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4490 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4491 ui_out_text (uiout,
4492 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4493 which its expression is valid.\n");
4494
4495 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4496 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4497 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4498
4499 return WP_DELETED;
4500 }
4501 }
4502
4503 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4504 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4505 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4506
4507 static int
4508 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4509 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4510 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4511 {
4512 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4513
4514 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4515 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4516
4517 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4518 }
4519
4520 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4521 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4522
4523 static void
4524 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4525 {
4526 const struct bp_location *bl;
4527 struct watchpoint *b;
4528
4529 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4530 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4531 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4532 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4533 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4534
4535 {
4536 int must_check_value = 0;
4537
4538 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4539 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4540 watched value. */
4541 must_check_value = 1;
4542 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4543 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4544 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4545 this watchpoint. */
4546 must_check_value = 1;
4547 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4548 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4549 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4550 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4551 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4552 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4553 must_check_value = 1;
4554
4555 if (must_check_value)
4556 {
4557 char *message
4558 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4559 b->base.number);
4560 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4561 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4562 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4563 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4564 switch (e)
4565 {
4566 case WP_DELETED:
4567 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4568 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4569 /* Stop. */
4570 break;
4571 case WP_IGNORE:
4572 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4573 bs->stop = 0;
4574 break;
4575 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4576 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4577 {
4578 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4579
4580 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4581 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4582 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4583 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4584 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4585 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4586 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4587 old value.
4588
4589 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4590 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4591 happen:
4592
4593 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4594 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4595 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4596 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4597
4598 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4599 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4600 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4601 watchpoint.
4602
4603 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4604 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4605 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4606 changes. This still gives false positives when
4607 the program writes the same value to memory as
4608 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4609 it for a read), but it's much better than
4610 nothing. */
4611
4612 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4613
4614 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4615 {
4616 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4617
4618 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4619 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4620 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4621 {
4622 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4623 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4624
4625 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4626 == watch_triggered_yes)
4627 {
4628 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4629 break;
4630 }
4631 }
4632 }
4633
4634 if (other_write_watchpoint
4635 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4636 {
4637 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4638 and the value changed since the last time we
4639 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4640 Ignore it. */
4641 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4642 bs->stop = 0;
4643 }
4644 }
4645 break;
4646 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4647 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4648 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4649 {
4650 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4651 the value hasn't changed. */
4652 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4653 bs->stop = 0;
4654 }
4655 /* Stop. */
4656 break;
4657 default:
4658 /* Can't happen. */
4659 case 0:
4660 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4661 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4662 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4663 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4664 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4665 break;
4666 }
4667 }
4668 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4669 {
4670 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4671 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4672 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4673 anything for this watchpoint. */
4674 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4675 bs->stop = 0;
4676 }
4677 }
4678 }
4679
4680
4681 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4682 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4683 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4684
4685 static void
4686 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4687 {
4688 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4689 const struct bp_location *bl;
4690 struct breakpoint *b;
4691
4692 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4693 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4694 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4695 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4696 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4697
4698 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
4699 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
4700 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
4701
4702 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4703 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4704 bs->stop = 0;
4705 else if (bs->stop)
4706 {
4707 int value_is_zero = 0;
4708 struct expression *cond;
4709
4710 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4711 method implemented. */
4712 if (b->py_bp_object)
4713 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4714
4715 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4716 {
4717 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4718
4719 cond = w->cond_exp;
4720 }
4721 else
4722 cond = bl->cond;
4723
4724 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4725 {
4726 int within_current_scope = 1;
4727 struct watchpoint * w;
4728
4729 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4730 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4731 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4732 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4733 function call. */
4734 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4735
4736 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4737 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4738 else
4739 w = NULL;
4740
4741 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4742 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4743 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4744 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4745 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4746 call site. */
4747 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4748 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4749 else
4750 {
4751 struct frame_info *frame;
4752
4753 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4754 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4755 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4756 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4757 really matter which instantiation of the function
4758 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4759 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4760 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4761 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4762 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4763 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4764 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4765 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4766 intuitive. */
4767 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4768 if (frame != NULL)
4769 select_frame (frame);
4770 else
4771 within_current_scope = 0;
4772 }
4773 if (within_current_scope)
4774 value_is_zero
4775 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4776 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4777 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4778 else
4779 {
4780 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4781 "in the current scope"));
4782 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4783 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4784 value_is_zero = 0;
4785 }
4786 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4787 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4788 }
4789
4790 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4791 {
4792 bs->stop = 0;
4793 }
4794 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4795 {
4796 bs->stop = 0;
4797 }
4798 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4799 {
4800 b->ignore_count--;
4801 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4802 bs->stop = 0;
4803 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4804 ++(b->hit_count);
4805 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4806 }
4807 }
4808 }
4809
4810
4811 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4812 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4813
4814 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4815 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4816 that:
4817
4818 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4819
4820 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4821
4822 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4823 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4824 several reasons concurrently.)
4825
4826 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4827 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4828
4829 bpstat
4830 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
4832 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4833 {
4834 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4835 struct bp_location *bl;
4836 struct bp_location *loc;
4837 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4838 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4839 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4840 bpstat bs;
4841 int ix;
4842 int need_remove_insert;
4843 int removed_any;
4844
4845 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4846 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4847 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4848 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4849 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4850 inferior function calls. */
4851
4852 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4853 {
4854 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4855 continue;
4856
4857 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4858 {
4859 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4860 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4861 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4862 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4863 checked all locations already. */
4864 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4865 break;
4866
4867 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4868 continue;
4869
4870 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
4871 continue;
4872
4873 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4874 matches. */
4875
4876 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4877 explain stop. */
4878
4879 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4880 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4881 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4882 bs->stop = 1;
4883 bs->print = 1;
4884
4885 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4886 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4887 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4888 iteration. */
4889 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4890 {
4891 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4892
4893 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4894 }
4895 }
4896 }
4897
4898 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4899 {
4900 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4901 {
4902 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4903 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4904 bs->stop = 0;
4905 bs->print = 0;
4906 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4907 }
4908 }
4909
4910 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
4911 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
4912 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
4913 "catch unload". */
4914 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4915 {
4916 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
4917 {
4918 handle_solib_event ();
4919 break;
4920 }
4921 }
4922
4923 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4924 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4925 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4926
4927 removed_any = 0;
4928
4929 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4930 {
4931 if (!bs->stop)
4932 continue;
4933
4934 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4935 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4936 if (bs->stop)
4937 {
4938 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4939
4940 if (bs->stop)
4941 {
4942 ++(b->hit_count);
4943 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4944
4945 /* We will stop here. */
4946 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4947 {
4948 --(b->enable_count);
4949 if (b->enable_count <= 0
4950 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4951 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4952 removed_any = 1;
4953 }
4954 if (b->silent)
4955 bs->print = 0;
4956 bs->commands = b->commands;
4957 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4958 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4959 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4960 bs->print = 0;
4961 }
4962
4963 }
4964
4965 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4966 print. */
4967 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
4968 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4969 }
4970
4971 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4972 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4973 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4974 done later. */
4975 need_remove_insert = 0;
4976 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4977 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4978 if (!bs->stop
4979 && bs->breakpoint_at
4980 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4981 {
4982 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4983
4984 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4985 need_remove_insert = 1;
4986 }
4987
4988 if (need_remove_insert)
4989 update_global_location_list (1);
4990 else if (removed_any)
4991 update_global_location_list (0);
4992
4993 return bs_head;
4994 }
4995
4996 static void
4997 handle_jit_event (void)
4998 {
4999 struct frame_info *frame;
5000 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5001
5002 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5003 breakpoint_re_set. */
5004 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5005
5006 frame = get_current_frame ();
5007 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5008
5009 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5010
5011 target_terminal_inferior ();
5012 }
5013
5014 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5015
5016 void
5017 handle_solib_event (void)
5018 {
5019 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5020
5021 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5022 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5023 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5024 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5025 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5026 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5027 #else
5028 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5029 #endif
5030 target_terminal_inferior ();
5031 }
5032
5033 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5034
5035 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5036
5037 struct bpstat_what
5038 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5039 {
5040 struct bpstat_what retval;
5041 int jit_event = 0;
5042 bpstat bs;
5043
5044 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5045 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5046 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5047
5048 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5049 {
5050 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5051 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5052 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5053 enum bptype bptype;
5054
5055 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5056 {
5057 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5058 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5059 bptype = bp_none;
5060 }
5061 else
5062 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5063
5064 switch (bptype)
5065 {
5066 case bp_none:
5067 break;
5068 case bp_breakpoint:
5069 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5070 case bp_until:
5071 case bp_finish:
5072 case bp_shlib_event:
5073 if (bs->stop)
5074 {
5075 if (bs->print)
5076 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5077 else
5078 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5079 }
5080 else
5081 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5082 break;
5083 case bp_watchpoint:
5084 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5085 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5086 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5087 if (bs->stop)
5088 {
5089 if (bs->print)
5090 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5091 else
5092 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5093 }
5094 else
5095 {
5096 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5097 This requires no further action. */
5098 }
5099 break;
5100 case bp_longjmp:
5101 case bp_exception:
5102 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5103 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
5104 break;
5105 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5106 case bp_exception_resume:
5107 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5108 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5109 break;
5110 case bp_step_resume:
5111 if (bs->stop)
5112 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5113 else
5114 {
5115 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5116 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5117 }
5118 break;
5119 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5120 if (bs->stop)
5121 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5122 else
5123 {
5124 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5125 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5126 }
5127 break;
5128 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5129 case bp_thread_event:
5130 case bp_overlay_event:
5131 case bp_longjmp_master:
5132 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5133 case bp_exception_master:
5134 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5135 break;
5136 case bp_catchpoint:
5137 if (bs->stop)
5138 {
5139 if (bs->print)
5140 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5141 else
5142 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5143 }
5144 else
5145 {
5146 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5147 This requires no further action. */
5148 }
5149 break;
5150 case bp_jit_event:
5151 jit_event = 1;
5152 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5153 break;
5154 case bp_call_dummy:
5155 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5156 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5157 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5158 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5159 break;
5160 case bp_std_terminate:
5161 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5162 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5163 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5164 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5165 break;
5166 case bp_tracepoint:
5167 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5168 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5169 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5170 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5171 out already. */
5172 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5173 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5174 break;
5175 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5176 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5177 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5178 break;
5179 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5180 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5181 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5182 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5183 break;
5184
5185 case bp_dprintf:
5186 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5187 break;
5188
5189 default:
5190 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5191 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5192 }
5193
5194 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5195 }
5196
5197 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5198 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5199
5200 if (jit_event)
5201 {
5202 if (debug_infrun)
5203 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5204
5205 handle_jit_event ();
5206 }
5207
5208 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5209 {
5210 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5211
5212 if (b == NULL)
5213 continue;
5214 switch (b->type)
5215 {
5216 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5217 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5218 break;
5219 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5220 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5221 break;
5222 }
5223 }
5224
5225 return retval;
5226 }
5227
5228 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5229 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5230 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5231
5232 int
5233 bpstat_should_step (void)
5234 {
5235 struct breakpoint *b;
5236
5237 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5238 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5239 return 1;
5240 return 0;
5241 }
5242
5243 int
5244 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5245 {
5246 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5247 if (bs->stop)
5248 return 1;
5249
5250 return 0;
5251 }
5252
5253 \f
5254
5255 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5256 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5257 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5258
5259 static char *
5260 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5261 {
5262 static char wrap_indent[80];
5263 int i, total_width, width, align;
5264 char *text;
5265
5266 total_width = 0;
5267 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5268 {
5269 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5270 {
5271 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5272 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5273 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5274
5275 return wrap_indent;
5276 }
5277
5278 total_width += width + 1;
5279 }
5280
5281 return NULL;
5282 }
5283
5284 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5285 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5286
5287 "host": Host evals condition.
5288 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5289 "target": Target evals condition.
5290 */
5291
5292 static const char *
5293 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5294 {
5295 struct bp_location *bl;
5296 char host_evals = 0;
5297 char target_evals = 0;
5298
5299 if (!b)
5300 return NULL;
5301
5302 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5303 return NULL;
5304
5305 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5306 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5307 return condition_evaluation_host;
5308
5309 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5310 {
5311 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5312 target_evals++;
5313 else
5314 host_evals++;
5315 }
5316
5317 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5318 return condition_evaluation_both;
5319 else if (target_evals)
5320 return condition_evaluation_target;
5321 else
5322 return condition_evaluation_host;
5323 }
5324
5325 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5326 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5327
5328 static const char *
5329 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5330 {
5331 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5332 return NULL;
5333
5334 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5335 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5336 return condition_evaluation_host;
5337
5338 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5339 return condition_evaluation_target;
5340 else
5341 return condition_evaluation_host;
5342 }
5343
5344 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5345
5346 static void
5347 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5348 struct bp_location *loc)
5349 {
5350 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5351 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5352
5353 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5354 loc = NULL;
5355
5356 if (loc != NULL)
5357 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5358
5359 if (b->display_canonical)
5360 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5361 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5362 {
5363 struct symbol *sym
5364 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5365 if (sym)
5366 {
5367 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5368 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5369 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5370 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5371 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5372 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5373 }
5374 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5375 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5376
5377 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5378 {
5379 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5380 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5381
5382 if (fullname)
5383 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5384 }
5385
5386 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5387 }
5388 else if (loc)
5389 {
5390 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5391 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5392
5393 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5394 demangle, "");
5395 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5396
5397 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5398 }
5399 else
5400 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5401
5402 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5403 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5404 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5405 {
5406 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5407 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5408 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5409 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5410 }
5411
5412 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5413 }
5414
5415 static const char *
5416 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5417 {
5418 struct ep_type_description
5419 {
5420 enum bptype type;
5421 char *description;
5422 };
5423 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5424 {
5425 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5426 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5427 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5428 {bp_until, "until"},
5429 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5430 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5431 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5432 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5433 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5434 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5435 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5436 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5437 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5438 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5439 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5440 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5441 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5442 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5443 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5444 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5445 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5446 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5447 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5448 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5449 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5450 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5451 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5452 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5453 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5454 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5455 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5456 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5457 };
5458
5459 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5460 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5461 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5462 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5463 (int) type);
5464
5465 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5466 }
5467
5468 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5469
5470 static void
5471 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5472 struct bp_location *loc,
5473 int loc_number,
5474 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5475 int allflag)
5476 {
5477 struct command_line *l;
5478 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5479
5480 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5481 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5482 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5483 struct value_print_options opts;
5484
5485 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5486
5487 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5488 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5489 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5490 if (loc == NULL
5491 && (b->loc != NULL
5492 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5493 header_of_multiple = 1;
5494 if (loc == NULL)
5495 loc = b->loc;
5496
5497 annotate_record ();
5498
5499 /* 1 */
5500 annotate_field (0);
5501 if (part_of_multiple)
5502 {
5503 char *formatted;
5504 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5505 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5506 xfree (formatted);
5507 }
5508 else
5509 {
5510 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5511 }
5512
5513 /* 2 */
5514 annotate_field (1);
5515 if (part_of_multiple)
5516 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5517 else
5518 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5519
5520 /* 3 */
5521 annotate_field (2);
5522 if (part_of_multiple)
5523 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5524 else
5525 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5526
5527
5528 /* 4 */
5529 annotate_field (3);
5530 if (part_of_multiple)
5531 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5532 else
5533 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5534 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5535 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5536
5537
5538 /* 5 and 6 */
5539 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5540 {
5541 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5542 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5543 make sure there's just one location. */
5544 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5545 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5546 }
5547 else
5548 switch (b->type)
5549 {
5550 case bp_none:
5551 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5552 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5553 break;
5554
5555 case bp_watchpoint:
5556 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5557 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5558 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5559 {
5560 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5561
5562 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5563 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5564 is relatively readable). */
5565 if (opts.addressprint)
5566 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5567 annotate_field (5);
5568 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5569 }
5570 break;
5571
5572 case bp_breakpoint:
5573 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5574 case bp_until:
5575 case bp_finish:
5576 case bp_longjmp:
5577 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5578 case bp_exception:
5579 case bp_exception_resume:
5580 case bp_step_resume:
5581 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5582 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5583 case bp_call_dummy:
5584 case bp_std_terminate:
5585 case bp_shlib_event:
5586 case bp_thread_event:
5587 case bp_overlay_event:
5588 case bp_longjmp_master:
5589 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5590 case bp_exception_master:
5591 case bp_tracepoint:
5592 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5593 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5594 case bp_dprintf:
5595 case bp_jit_event:
5596 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5597 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5598 if (opts.addressprint)
5599 {
5600 annotate_field (4);
5601 if (header_of_multiple)
5602 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5603 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5604 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5605 else
5606 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5607 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5608 }
5609 annotate_field (5);
5610 if (!header_of_multiple)
5611 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5612 if (b->loc)
5613 *last_loc = b->loc;
5614 break;
5615 }
5616
5617
5618 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5619 are several. */
5620 if (loc != NULL
5621 && !header_of_multiple
5622 && (allflag
5623 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5624 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5625 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5626 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5627 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5628 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5629 {
5630 struct inferior *inf;
5631 int first = 1;
5632
5633 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5634 {
5635 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5636 {
5637 if (first)
5638 {
5639 first = 0;
5640 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5641 }
5642 else
5643 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5644 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5645 }
5646 }
5647 }
5648
5649 if (!part_of_multiple)
5650 {
5651 if (b->thread != -1)
5652 {
5653 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5654 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5655 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5656 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5657 }
5658 else if (b->task != 0)
5659 {
5660 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5661 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5662 }
5663 }
5664
5665 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5666
5667 if (!part_of_multiple)
5668 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5669
5670 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5671 {
5672 annotate_field (6);
5673 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5674 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5675 the frame ID. */
5676 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5677 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5678 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5679 }
5680
5681 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5682 {
5683 annotate_field (7);
5684 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5685 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5686 else
5687 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5688 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5689
5690 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
5691 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
5692 if (is_breakpoint (b)
5693 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
5694 == condition_evaluation_target)
5695 {
5696 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5697 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5698 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
5699 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
5700 }
5701 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5702 }
5703
5704 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5705 {
5706 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5707 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5708 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5709 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5710 }
5711
5712 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5713 {
5714 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5715 if (is_catchpoint (b))
5716 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5717 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
5718 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
5719 else
5720 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5721 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5722 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5723 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5724 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5725 else
5726 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5727 }
5728
5729 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5730 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5731 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5732 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5733 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5734
5735 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5736 {
5737 annotate_field (8);
5738 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5739 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5740 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5741 }
5742
5743 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
5744 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
5745 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
5746 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
5747 {
5748 annotate_field (8);
5749 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
5750 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
5751 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
5752 if (b->ignore_count)
5753 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
5754 else
5755 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
5756 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
5757 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5758 }
5759
5760 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
5761 {
5762 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5763
5764 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
5765 {
5766 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
5767 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
5768 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
5769 }
5770 }
5771
5772 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5773 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5774 {
5775 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5776
5777 annotate_field (9);
5778 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5779 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5780 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5781 }
5782
5783 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5784 {
5785 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5786
5787 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
5788 {
5789 annotate_field (10);
5790 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5791 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
5792 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5793 }
5794 }
5795
5796 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5797 {
5798 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5799 {
5800 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5801
5802 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5803 }
5804 else if (b->addr_string)
5805 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5806 }
5807 }
5808
5809 static void
5810 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5811 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5812 int allflag)
5813 {
5814 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5815 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5816
5817 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5818
5819 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5820 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5821
5822 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5823 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5824 locations, if any. */
5825 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5826 {
5827 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5828 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5829 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5830 situation.
5831
5832 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5833 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5834 if (b->loc
5835 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5836 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5837 {
5838 struct bp_location *loc;
5839 int n = 1;
5840
5841 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5842 {
5843 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5844 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5845 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5846 do_cleanups (inner2);
5847 }
5848 }
5849 }
5850 }
5851
5852 static int
5853 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5854 {
5855 int print_address_bits = 0;
5856 struct bp_location *loc;
5857
5858 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5859 {
5860 int addr_bit;
5861
5862 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5863 an address to print. */
5864 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5865 continue;
5866
5867 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5868 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5869 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5870 }
5871
5872 return print_address_bits;
5873 }
5874
5875 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5876 {
5877 int bnum;
5878 };
5879
5880 static int
5881 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5882 {
5883 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5884 struct breakpoint *b;
5885 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5886
5887 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5888 {
5889 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5890 {
5891 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5892 return GDB_RC_OK;
5893 }
5894 }
5895 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5896 }
5897
5898 enum gdb_rc
5899 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5900 char **error_message)
5901 {
5902 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5903
5904 args.bnum = bnum;
5905 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5906 an error. */
5907 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5908 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5909 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5910 else
5911 return GDB_RC_OK;
5912 }
5913
5914 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5915 internal or momentary. */
5916
5917 int
5918 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5919 {
5920 return b->number > 0;
5921 }
5922
5923 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5924 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5925 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5926 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5927 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5928 breakpoints listed. */
5929
5930 static int
5931 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5932 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5933 {
5934 struct breakpoint *b;
5935 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5936 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5937 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5938 struct value_print_options opts;
5939 int print_address_bits = 0;
5940 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5941 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5942
5943 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5944
5945 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5946 required for address fields. */
5947 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5948 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5949 {
5950 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5951 if (filter && !filter (b))
5952 continue;
5953
5954 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5955 accept. Skip the others. */
5956 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5957 {
5958 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5959 continue;
5960 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5961 continue;
5962 }
5963
5964 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5965 {
5966 int addr_bit, type_len;
5967
5968 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5969 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5970 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5971
5972 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5973 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5974 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5975
5976 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5977 }
5978 }
5979
5980 if (opts.addressprint)
5981 bkpttbl_chain
5982 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5983 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5984 "BreakpointTable");
5985 else
5986 bkpttbl_chain
5987 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5988 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5989 "BreakpointTable");
5990
5991 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5992 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5993 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5994 annotate_field (0);
5995 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5996 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5997 annotate_field (1);
5998 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5999 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6000 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6001 annotate_field (2);
6002 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6003 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6004 annotate_field (3);
6005 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6006 if (opts.addressprint)
6007 {
6008 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6009 annotate_field (4);
6010 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6011 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6012 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6013 else
6014 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6015 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6016 }
6017 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6018 annotate_field (5);
6019 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6020 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6021 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6022 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6023
6024 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6025 {
6026 QUIT;
6027 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6028 if (filter && !filter (b))
6029 continue;
6030
6031 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6032 accept. Skip the others. */
6033
6034 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6035 {
6036 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6037 {
6038 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6039 continue;
6040 }
6041 else /* all others */
6042 {
6043 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6044 continue;
6045 }
6046 }
6047 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6048 allflag is set. */
6049 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6050 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6051 }
6052
6053 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6054
6055 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6056 {
6057 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6058 empty list. */
6059 if (!filter)
6060 {
6061 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6062 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6063 else
6064 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6065 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6066 args);
6067 }
6068 }
6069 else
6070 {
6071 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6072 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6073 }
6074
6075 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6076 there have been breakpoints? */
6077 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6078
6079 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6080 }
6081
6082 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6083 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6084
6085 static void
6086 default_collect_info (void)
6087 {
6088 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6089
6090 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6091 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6092 not wanted. */
6093 if (!*default_collect)
6094 return;
6095
6096 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6097 actions. */
6098 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6099 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6100 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6101 }
6102
6103 static void
6104 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6105 {
6106 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6107
6108 default_collect_info ();
6109 }
6110
6111 static void
6112 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6113 {
6114 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6115 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6116
6117 if (num_printed == 0)
6118 {
6119 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6120 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6121 else
6122 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6123 }
6124 }
6125
6126 static void
6127 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6128 {
6129 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6130
6131 default_collect_info ();
6132 }
6133
6134 static int
6135 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6136 struct program_space *pspace,
6137 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6138 {
6139 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6140
6141 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6142 {
6143 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6144 && bl->address == pc
6145 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6146 return 1;
6147 }
6148 return 0;
6149 }
6150
6151 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6152 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6153 address spaces. */
6154
6155 static void
6156 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6157 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6158 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6159 {
6160 int others = 0;
6161 struct breakpoint *b;
6162
6163 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6164 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6165 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6166 if (others > 0)
6167 {
6168 if (others == 1)
6169 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6170 else /* if (others == ???) */
6171 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6172 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6173 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6174 {
6175 others--;
6176 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6177 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6178 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6179 else if (b->thread != -1)
6180 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6181 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6182 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6183 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6184 ? " (disabled)"
6185 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6186 ? " (permanent)"
6187 : ""),
6188 (others > 1) ? ","
6189 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6190 }
6191 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6192 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6193 printf_filtered (".\n");
6194 }
6195 }
6196 \f
6197
6198 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6199 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6200 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6201 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6202
6203 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6204 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6205 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6206 breakpoint at address zero:
6207
6208 bp_watchpoint
6209 bp_catchpoint
6210
6211 */
6212
6213 static int
6214 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6215 {
6216 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6217
6218 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6219 }
6220
6221 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6222 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6223
6224 static int
6225 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6226 struct bp_location *loc2)
6227 {
6228 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6229 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6230
6231 /* Both of them must exist. */
6232 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6233 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6234
6235 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6236 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6237 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6238 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6239 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6240 other watchpoint. */
6241 if ((w1->cond_exp
6242 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6243 loc1->length,
6244 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6245 w1->cond_exp))
6246 || (w2->cond_exp
6247 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6248 loc2->length,
6249 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6250 w2->cond_exp)))
6251 return 0;
6252
6253 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6254 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6255 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6256 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6257 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6258 become hw_access locations later. */
6259 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6260 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6261 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6262 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6263 }
6264
6265 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6266 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6267 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6268 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6269
6270 static int
6271 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6272 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6273 {
6274 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6275 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6276 && addr1 == addr2);
6277 }
6278
6279 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6280 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6281 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6282 space doesn't really matter. */
6283
6284 static int
6285 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6286 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6287 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6288 {
6289 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6290 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6291 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6292 }
6293
6294 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6295 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6296 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6297 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6298
6299 static int
6300 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6301 struct address_space *aspace,
6302 CORE_ADDR addr)
6303 {
6304 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6305 aspace, addr)
6306 || (bl->length
6307 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6308 bl->address, bl->length,
6309 aspace, addr)));
6310 }
6311
6312 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6313 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6314 true, otherwise returns false. */
6315
6316 static int
6317 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6318 struct bp_location *loc2)
6319 {
6320 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6321 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6322 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6323 different locations. */
6324 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6325 else
6326 return 0;
6327 }
6328
6329 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6330 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6331 represent the same location. */
6332
6333 static int
6334 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6335 struct bp_location *loc2)
6336 {
6337 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6338
6339 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6340 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6341 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6342
6343 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6344 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6345
6346 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6347 return 0;
6348 else if (hw_point1)
6349 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6350 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6351 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6352 else
6353 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6354 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6355 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6356 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6357 }
6358
6359 static void
6360 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6361 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6362 {
6363 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6364 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6365 char astr1[64];
6366 char astr2[64];
6367
6368 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6369 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6370 if (have_bnum)
6371 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6372 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6373 else
6374 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6375 }
6376
6377 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6378 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6379 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6380 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6381
6382 static CORE_ADDR
6383 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6384 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6385 {
6386 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6387 {
6388 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6389 return bpaddr;
6390 }
6391 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6392 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6393 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6394 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6395 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6396 {
6397 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6398 have their addresses modified. */
6399 return bpaddr;
6400 }
6401 else
6402 {
6403 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6404
6405 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6406 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6407 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6408
6409 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6410 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6411 is required. */
6412 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6413 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6414
6415 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6416 }
6417 }
6418
6419 void
6420 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6421 struct breakpoint *owner)
6422 {
6423 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6424
6425 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6426
6427 loc->ops = ops;
6428 loc->owner = owner;
6429 loc->cond = NULL;
6430 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6431 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6432 loc->enabled = 1;
6433
6434 switch (owner->type)
6435 {
6436 case bp_breakpoint:
6437 case bp_until:
6438 case bp_finish:
6439 case bp_longjmp:
6440 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6441 case bp_exception:
6442 case bp_exception_resume:
6443 case bp_step_resume:
6444 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6445 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6446 case bp_call_dummy:
6447 case bp_std_terminate:
6448 case bp_shlib_event:
6449 case bp_thread_event:
6450 case bp_overlay_event:
6451 case bp_jit_event:
6452 case bp_longjmp_master:
6453 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6454 case bp_exception_master:
6455 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6456 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6457 case bp_dprintf:
6458 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6459 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6460 break;
6461 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6462 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6463 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6464 break;
6465 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6466 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6467 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6468 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6469 break;
6470 case bp_watchpoint:
6471 case bp_catchpoint:
6472 case bp_tracepoint:
6473 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6474 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6475 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6476 break;
6477 default:
6478 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6479 }
6480
6481 loc->refc = 1;
6482 }
6483
6484 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6485
6486 static struct bp_location *
6487 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6488 {
6489 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6490 }
6491
6492 static void
6493 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6494 {
6495 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6496 xfree (loc);
6497 }
6498
6499 /* Increment reference count. */
6500
6501 static void
6502 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6503 {
6504 ++bl->refc;
6505 }
6506
6507 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6508 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6509
6510 static void
6511 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6512 {
6513 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6514
6515 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6516 free_bp_location (*blp);
6517 *blp = NULL;
6518 }
6519
6520 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6521
6522 static void
6523 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6524 {
6525 struct breakpoint *b1;
6526
6527 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6528 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6529
6530 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6531 if (b1 == 0)
6532 breakpoint_chain = b;
6533 else
6534 {
6535 while (b1->next)
6536 b1 = b1->next;
6537 b1->next = b;
6538 }
6539 }
6540
6541 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6542
6543 static void
6544 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6545 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6546 enum bptype bptype,
6547 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6548 {
6549 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6550
6551 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6552
6553 b->ops = ops;
6554 b->type = bptype;
6555 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6556 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6557 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6558 b->thread = -1;
6559 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6560 b->next = 0;
6561 b->silent = 0;
6562 b->ignore_count = 0;
6563 b->commands = NULL;
6564 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6565 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6566 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6567 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6568 }
6569
6570 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6571 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6572
6573 static struct breakpoint *
6574 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6575 enum bptype bptype,
6576 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6577 {
6578 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6579
6580 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6581 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6582 return b;
6583 }
6584
6585 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6586 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6587 enough. */
6588
6589 static void
6590 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6591 {
6592 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6593
6594 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6595 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6596 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6597 {
6598 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6599 const char *function_name;
6600 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6601
6602 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6603 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6604
6605 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6606 {
6607 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6608
6609 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6610 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6611 &loc->requested_address))
6612 {
6613 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6614 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6615 loc->requested_address,
6616 b->type);
6617 }
6618 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6619 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6620 {
6621 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6622 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6623 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6624 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6625 breakpoint. */
6626 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6627 }
6628 }
6629
6630 if (function_name)
6631 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6632 }
6633 }
6634
6635 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6636 struct gdbarch *
6637 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6638 {
6639 if (sal.section)
6640 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6641 if (sal.symtab)
6642 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6643
6644 return NULL;
6645 }
6646
6647 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6648 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6649 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6650
6651 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6652 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6653 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6654
6655 static void
6656 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6657 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6658 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6659 {
6660 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6661
6662 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6663
6664 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
6665 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
6666
6667 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6668 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6669 program space. */
6670 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6671 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
6672
6673 breakpoints_changed ();
6674 }
6675
6676 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
6677 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
6678 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
6679 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
6680 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
6681 is also returned as the value of this function.
6682
6683 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6684 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6685 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
6686 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
6687 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
6688 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
6689 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
6690
6691 struct breakpoint *
6692 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6693 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6694 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6695 {
6696 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6697
6698 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
6699 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6700 return b;
6701 }
6702
6703
6704 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6705 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6706 void
6707 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
6708 {
6709 struct bp_location *bl;
6710
6711 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
6712
6713 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6714 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6715 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6716 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6717 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
6718 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6719 bl->inserted = 1;
6720 }
6721
6722 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6723 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6724 initiated the operation. */
6725
6726 void
6727 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6728 {
6729 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6730 int thread = tp->num;
6731
6732 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6733 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6734 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6735 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6737 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6738 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6739 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6740 {
6741 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6742 struct breakpoint *clone;
6743
6744 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
6745 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6746 clone->thread = thread;
6747 }
6748
6749 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6750 }
6751
6752 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6753 void
6754 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6755 {
6756 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6757
6758 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6759 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6760 {
6761 if (b->thread == thread)
6762 delete_breakpoint (b);
6763 }
6764 }
6765
6766 void
6767 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
6768 {
6769 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6770
6771 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6772 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6773 {
6774 if (b->thread == thread)
6775 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
6776 }
6777 }
6778
6779 void
6780 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6781 {
6782 struct breakpoint *b;
6783
6784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6785 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6786 {
6787 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6788 update_global_location_list (1);
6789 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6790 }
6791 }
6792
6793 void
6794 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6795 {
6796 struct breakpoint *b;
6797
6798 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6799 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6800 {
6801 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6802 update_global_location_list (0);
6803 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6804 }
6805 }
6806
6807 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6808 master breakpoint. */
6809 void
6810 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6811 {
6812 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6813
6814 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6815 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6816 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6817 {
6818 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6819 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6820 }
6821 }
6822
6823 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6824 void
6825 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6826 {
6827 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6828
6829 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6830 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6831 delete_breakpoint (b);
6832 }
6833
6834 struct breakpoint *
6835 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6836 {
6837 struct breakpoint *b;
6838
6839 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6840 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6841
6842 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6843 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6844 b->addr_string
6845 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6846
6847 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6848
6849 return b;
6850 }
6851
6852 void
6853 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6854 {
6855 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6856
6857 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6858 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6859 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6860 delete_breakpoint (b);
6861 }
6862
6863 struct lang_and_radix
6864 {
6865 enum language lang;
6866 int radix;
6867 };
6868
6869 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6870
6871 struct breakpoint *
6872 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6873 {
6874 struct breakpoint *b;
6875
6876 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6877 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6878 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6879 return b;
6880 }
6881
6882 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6883
6884 void
6885 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6886 {
6887 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6888
6889 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6890 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6891 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6892 delete_breakpoint (b);
6893 }
6894
6895 void
6896 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6897 {
6898 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6899
6900 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6901 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6902 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6903 delete_breakpoint (b);
6904 }
6905
6906 struct breakpoint *
6907 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6908 {
6909 struct breakpoint *b;
6910
6911 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6912 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6913 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6914 return b;
6915 }
6916
6917 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6918 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6919
6920 void
6921 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6922 {
6923 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6924
6925 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6926 {
6927 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6928 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6929
6930 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6931 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6932 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6933 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6934 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6935 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6936 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6937 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6938 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6939 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6940 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6941 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6942 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6943 #else
6944 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6945 #endif
6946 )
6947 {
6948 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6949 }
6950 }
6951 }
6952
6953 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6954 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6955 disabled. */
6956
6957 static void
6958 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6959 {
6960 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6961 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6962
6963 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6964 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6965 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6966 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6967 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6968 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6969 return;
6970
6971 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6972 {
6973 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6974 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6975
6976 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6977 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6978 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6979 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6980 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6981 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6982 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6983 || is_tracepoint (b))
6984 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6985 {
6986 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6987 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6988 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6989 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6990 loc->inserted = 0;
6991
6992 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6993 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6994
6995 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6996 {
6997 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6998 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6999 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7000 solib->so_name);
7001 }
7002 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7003 }
7004 }
7005 }
7006
7007 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7008
7009 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7010 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7011 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7012 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7013 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7014
7015 struct fork_catchpoint
7016 {
7017 /* The base class. */
7018 struct breakpoint base;
7019
7020 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7021 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7022 catchpoint has triggered. */
7023 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7024 };
7025
7026 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7027 catchpoints. */
7028
7029 static int
7030 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7031 {
7032 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7033 }
7034
7035 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7036 catchpoints. */
7037
7038 static int
7039 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7040 {
7041 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7042 }
7043
7044 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7045 catchpoints. */
7046
7047 static int
7048 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7049 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7050 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7051 {
7052 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7053
7054 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7055 return 0;
7056
7057 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7058 return 1;
7059 }
7060
7061 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7062 catchpoints. */
7063
7064 static enum print_stop_action
7065 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7066 {
7067 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7068 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7069 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7070
7071 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7072 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7073 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7074 else
7075 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7076 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7077 {
7078 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7079 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7080 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7081 }
7082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7083 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7084 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7085 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7086 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7087 }
7088
7089 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7090 catchpoints. */
7091
7092 static void
7093 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7094 {
7095 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7096 struct value_print_options opts;
7097 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7098
7099 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7100
7101 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7102 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7103 readable). */
7104 if (opts.addressprint)
7105 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7106 annotate_field (5);
7107 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7108 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7109 {
7110 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7111 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7112 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7113 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7114 }
7115 }
7116
7117 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7118 catchpoints. */
7119
7120 static void
7121 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7122 {
7123 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7124 }
7125
7126 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7127 catchpoints. */
7128
7129 static void
7130 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7131 {
7132 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7133 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7134 }
7135
7136 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7137
7138 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7139
7140 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7141 catchpoints. */
7142
7143 static int
7144 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7145 {
7146 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7147 }
7148
7149 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7150 catchpoints. */
7151
7152 static int
7153 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7154 {
7155 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7156 }
7157
7158 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7159 catchpoints. */
7160
7161 static int
7162 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7163 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7164 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7165 {
7166 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7167
7168 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7169 return 0;
7170
7171 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7172 return 1;
7173 }
7174
7175 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7176 catchpoints. */
7177
7178 static enum print_stop_action
7179 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7180 {
7181 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7182 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7183 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7184
7185 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7186 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7187 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7188 else
7189 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7190 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7191 {
7192 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7193 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7194 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7195 }
7196 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7197 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7198 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7199 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7200 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7201 }
7202
7203 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7204 catchpoints. */
7205
7206 static void
7207 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7208 {
7209 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7210 struct value_print_options opts;
7211 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7212
7213 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7214 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7215 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7216 readable). */
7217 if (opts.addressprint)
7218 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7219 annotate_field (5);
7220 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7221 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7222 {
7223 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7224 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7225 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7226 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7227 }
7228 }
7229
7230 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7231 catchpoints. */
7232
7233 static void
7234 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7235 {
7236 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7237 }
7238
7239 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7240 catchpoints. */
7241
7242 static void
7243 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7244 {
7245 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7246 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7247 }
7248
7249 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7250
7251 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7252
7253 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7254 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7255 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7256 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7257 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7258
7259 struct solib_catchpoint
7260 {
7261 /* The base class. */
7262 struct breakpoint base;
7263
7264 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7265 unsigned char is_load;
7266
7267 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7268 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7269 char *regex;
7270 regex_t compiled;
7271 };
7272
7273 static void
7274 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7275 {
7276 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7277
7278 if (self->regex)
7279 regfree (&self->compiled);
7280 xfree (self->regex);
7281
7282 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7283 }
7284
7285 static int
7286 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7287 {
7288 return 0;
7289 }
7290
7291 static int
7292 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7293 {
7294 return 0;
7295 }
7296
7297 static int
7298 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7299 struct address_space *aspace,
7300 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7301 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7302 {
7303 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7304 struct breakpoint *other;
7305
7306 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7307 return 1;
7308
7309 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7310 {
7311 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7312
7313 if (other == bl->owner)
7314 continue;
7315
7316 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7317 continue;
7318
7319 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7320 continue;
7321
7322 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7323 {
7324 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7325 return 1;
7326 }
7327 }
7328
7329 return 0;
7330 }
7331
7332 static void
7333 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7334 {
7335 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7336 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7337 int ix;
7338
7339 if (self->is_load)
7340 {
7341 struct so_list *iter;
7342
7343 for (ix = 0;
7344 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7345 ix, iter);
7346 ++ix)
7347 {
7348 if (!self->regex
7349 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7350 return;
7351 }
7352 }
7353 else
7354 {
7355 char *iter;
7356
7357 for (ix = 0;
7358 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7359 ix, iter);
7360 ++ix)
7361 {
7362 if (!self->regex
7363 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7364 return;
7365 }
7366 }
7367
7368 bs->stop = 0;
7369 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7370 }
7371
7372 static enum print_stop_action
7373 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7374 {
7375 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7376 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7377
7378 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7379 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7380 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7381 else
7382 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7383 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7384 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7385 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7386 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7387 print_solib_event (1);
7388 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7389 }
7390
7391 static void
7392 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7393 {
7394 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7395 struct value_print_options opts;
7396 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7397 char *msg;
7398
7399 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7400 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7401 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7402 readable). */
7403 if (opts.addressprint)
7404 {
7405 annotate_field (4);
7406 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7407 }
7408
7409 annotate_field (5);
7410 if (self->is_load)
7411 {
7412 if (self->regex)
7413 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7414 else
7415 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7416 }
7417 else
7418 {
7419 if (self->regex)
7420 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7421 else
7422 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7423 }
7424 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7425 xfree (msg);
7426 }
7427
7428 static void
7429 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7430 {
7431 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7432
7433 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7434 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7435 }
7436
7437 static void
7438 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7439 {
7440 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7441
7442 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7443 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7444 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7445 if (self->regex)
7446 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7447 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7448 }
7449
7450 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7451
7452 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7453 "catch unload". */
7454
7455 static void
7456 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7457 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7458 {
7459 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7460 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7461 int tempflag;
7462 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7463
7464 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7465
7466 if (!arg)
7467 arg = "";
7468 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7469
7470 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7471 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7472
7473 if (*arg != '\0')
7474 {
7475 int errcode;
7476
7477 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7478 if (errcode != 0)
7479 {
7480 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7481
7482 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7483 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7484 }
7485 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7486 }
7487
7488 c->is_load = is_load;
7489 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
7490 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7491
7492 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7493 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7494 }
7495
7496 static void
7497 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7498 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7499 {
7500 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7501 }
7502
7503 static void
7504 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7505 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7506 {
7507 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7508 }
7509
7510 DEF_VEC_I(int);
7511
7512 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7513 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7514 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7515 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7516 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7517
7518 struct syscall_catchpoint
7519 {
7520 /* The base class. */
7521 struct breakpoint base;
7522
7523 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7524 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7525 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7526 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7527 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7528 };
7529
7530 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7531 catchpoints. */
7532
7533 static void
7534 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7535 {
7536 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7537
7538 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7539
7540 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7541 }
7542
7543 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7544
7545 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7546 {
7547 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7548 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7549 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7550
7551 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7552 int any_syscall_count;
7553
7554 /* Count of each system call. */
7555 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7556
7557 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7558 if any catching is necessary. */
7559 int total_syscalls_count;
7560 };
7561
7562 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
7563 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
7564 {
7565 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
7566
7567 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7568 if (inf_data == NULL)
7569 {
7570 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7571 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
7572 }
7573
7574 return inf_data;
7575 }
7576
7577 static void
7578 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
7579 {
7580 xfree (arg);
7581 }
7582
7583
7584 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7585 catchpoints. */
7586
7587 static int
7588 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7589 {
7590 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7591 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7592 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7593 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7594
7595 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7596 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7597 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7598 else
7599 {
7600 int i, iter;
7601
7602 for (i = 0;
7603 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7604 i++)
7605 {
7606 int elem;
7607
7608 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
7609 {
7610 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
7611 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
7612 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
7613 uintptr_t vec_addr;
7614 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
7615 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
7616 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
7617 + vec_addr_offset);
7618 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
7619 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
7620 }
7621 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
7622 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
7623 }
7624 }
7625
7626 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
7627 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
7628 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
7629 VEC_length (int,
7630 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
7631 VEC_address (int,
7632 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
7633 }
7634
7635 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7636 catchpoints. */
7637
7638 static int
7639 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7640 {
7641 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7642 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7643 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7644 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7645
7646 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7647 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7648 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7649 else
7650 {
7651 int i, iter;
7652
7653 for (i = 0;
7654 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7655 i++)
7656 {
7657 int elem;
7658 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
7659 /* Shouldn't happen. */
7660 continue;
7661 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
7662 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
7663 }
7664 }
7665
7666 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
7667 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
7668 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
7669 VEC_length (int,
7670 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
7671 VEC_address (int,
7672 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
7673 }
7674
7675 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7676 catchpoints. */
7677
7678 static int
7679 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
7680 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7681 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7682 {
7683 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
7684 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
7685 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
7686 int syscall_number = 0;
7687 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
7688 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7689
7690 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7691 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
7692 return 0;
7693
7694 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
7695
7696 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
7697 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7698 {
7699 int i, iter;
7700
7701 for (i = 0;
7702 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7703 i++)
7704 if (syscall_number == iter)
7705 break;
7706 /* Not the same. */
7707 if (!iter)
7708 return 0;
7709 }
7710
7711 return 1;
7712 }
7713
7714 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7715 catchpoints. */
7716
7717 static enum print_stop_action
7718 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
7719 {
7720 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7721 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7722 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
7723 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7724 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
7725 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
7726 ptid_t ptid;
7727 struct target_waitstatus last;
7728 struct syscall s;
7729
7730 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
7731
7732 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
7733
7734 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7735
7736 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7737 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7738 else
7739 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7740 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7741 {
7742 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7743 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7744 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7745 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
7746 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7747 }
7748 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7749
7750 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
7751 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
7752 else
7753 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
7754
7755 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7756 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
7757 if (s.name != NULL)
7758 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
7759
7760 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7761
7762 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7763 }
7764
7765 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7766 catchpoints. */
7767
7768 static void
7769 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
7770 struct bp_location **last_loc)
7771 {
7772 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7773 struct value_print_options opts;
7774 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7775
7776 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7777 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7778 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7779 readable). */
7780 if (opts.addressprint)
7781 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7782 annotate_field (5);
7783
7784 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
7785 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7786 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
7787 else
7788 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
7789
7790 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7791 {
7792 int i, iter;
7793 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
7794
7795 for (i = 0;
7796 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7797 i++)
7798 {
7799 char *x = text;
7800 struct syscall s;
7801 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7802
7803 if (s.name != NULL)
7804 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
7805 else
7806 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
7807
7808 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
7809 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
7810 on every call. */
7811 xfree (x);
7812 }
7813 /* Remove the last comma. */
7814 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
7815 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
7816 }
7817 else
7818 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
7819 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7820 }
7821
7822 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7823 catchpoints. */
7824
7825 static void
7826 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7827 {
7828 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7829
7830 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7831 {
7832 int i, iter;
7833
7834 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7835 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
7836 else
7837 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
7838
7839 for (i = 0;
7840 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7841 i++)
7842 {
7843 struct syscall s;
7844 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7845
7846 if (s.name)
7847 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
7848 else
7849 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
7850 }
7851 printf_filtered (")");
7852 }
7853 else
7854 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
7855 b->number);
7856 }
7857
7858 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7859 catchpoints. */
7860
7861 static void
7862 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7863 {
7864 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7865
7866 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
7867
7868 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7869 {
7870 int i, iter;
7871
7872 for (i = 0;
7873 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7874 i++)
7875 {
7876 struct syscall s;
7877
7878 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7879 if (s.name)
7880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
7881 else
7882 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
7883 }
7884 }
7885 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7886 }
7887
7888 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
7889
7890 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
7891
7892 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
7893
7894 static int
7895 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
7896 {
7897 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
7898 }
7899
7900 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
7901 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
7902 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
7903 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
7904
7905 static void
7906 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7907 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
7908 char *cond_string,
7909 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7910 {
7911 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7912
7913 init_sal (&sal);
7914 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
7915
7916 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
7917
7918 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
7919 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7920 }
7921
7922 void
7923 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
7924 {
7925 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7926 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7927 if (!internal)
7928 mention (b);
7929 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7930
7931 if (update_gll)
7932 update_global_location_list (1);
7933 }
7934
7935 static void
7936 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7937 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
7938 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7939 {
7940 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
7941
7942 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
7943
7944 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
7945
7946 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7947 }
7948
7949 /* Exec catchpoints. */
7950
7951 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
7952 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7953 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7954 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7955 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7956
7957 struct exec_catchpoint
7958 {
7959 /* The base class. */
7960 struct breakpoint base;
7961
7962 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
7963 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
7964 triggered. */
7965 char *exec_pathname;
7966 };
7967
7968 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7969 catchpoints. */
7970
7971 static void
7972 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7973 {
7974 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7975
7976 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
7977
7978 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7979 }
7980
7981 static int
7982 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7983 {
7984 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7985 }
7986
7987 static int
7988 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7989 {
7990 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7991 }
7992
7993 static int
7994 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
7995 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7996 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7997 {
7998 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7999
8000 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8001 return 0;
8002
8003 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8004 return 1;
8005 }
8006
8007 static enum print_stop_action
8008 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8009 {
8010 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8011 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8012 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8013
8014 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8015 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8016 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8017 else
8018 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8019 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8020 {
8021 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8022 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8023 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8024 }
8025 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8026 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8027 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8028 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8029
8030 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8031 }
8032
8033 static void
8034 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8035 {
8036 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8037 struct value_print_options opts;
8038 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8039
8040 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8041
8042 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8043 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8044 is relatively readable). */
8045 if (opts.addressprint)
8046 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8047 annotate_field (5);
8048 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8049 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8050 {
8051 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8052 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8054 }
8055 }
8056
8057 static void
8058 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8059 {
8060 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8061 }
8062
8063 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8064 catchpoints. */
8065
8066 static void
8067 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8068 {
8069 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8070 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8071 }
8072
8073 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8074
8075 static void
8076 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8077 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8078 {
8079 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8080 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8081
8082 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8083 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8084 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8085
8086 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8087 }
8088
8089 static int
8090 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8091 {
8092 int i = 0;
8093 struct breakpoint *b;
8094 struct bp_location *bl;
8095
8096 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8097 {
8098 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8099 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8100 {
8101 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8102 one register. */
8103 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8104 }
8105 }
8106
8107 return i;
8108 }
8109
8110 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8111 watchpoint. */
8112
8113 static int
8114 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8115 {
8116 int i = 0;
8117 struct bp_location *bl;
8118
8119 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8120 return 0;
8121
8122 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8123 {
8124 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8125 one register. */
8126 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8127 }
8128
8129 return i;
8130 }
8131
8132 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8133 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8134 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8135 types _not_ TYPE. */
8136
8137 static int
8138 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8139 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8140 {
8141 int i = 0;
8142 struct breakpoint *b;
8143
8144 *other_type_used = 0;
8145 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8146 {
8147 if (b == except)
8148 continue;
8149 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8150 continue;
8151
8152 if (b->type == type)
8153 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8154 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8155 *other_type_used = 1;
8156 }
8157
8158 return i;
8159 }
8160
8161 void
8162 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8163 {
8164 struct breakpoint *b;
8165
8166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8167 {
8168 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8169 {
8170 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8171 update_global_location_list (0);
8172 }
8173 }
8174 }
8175
8176 void
8177 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8178 {
8179 struct breakpoint *b;
8180
8181 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8182 {
8183 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8184 {
8185 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8186 update_global_location_list (1);
8187 }
8188 }
8189 }
8190
8191 void
8192 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8193 {
8194 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8195 update_global_location_list (0);
8196 }
8197
8198 void
8199 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8200 {
8201 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8202 breakpoint_re_set ();
8203 }
8204
8205
8206 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8207 at address specified by SAL.
8208 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8209
8210 struct breakpoint *
8211 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8212 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8213 {
8214 struct breakpoint *b;
8215
8216 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
8217 one. */
8218 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
8219
8220 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8221 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8222 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8223 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8224
8225 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8226 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8227 control. */
8228 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8229 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8230
8231 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8232
8233 return b;
8234 }
8235
8236 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8237 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8238 breakpoint_ops. */
8239
8240 static struct breakpoint *
8241 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8242 enum bptype type,
8243 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8244 {
8245 struct breakpoint *copy;
8246
8247 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8248 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8249 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8250
8251 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8252 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8253 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8254 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8255 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8256 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8257
8258 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8259 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8260
8261 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8262 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8263 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8264 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8265
8266 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8267 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8268 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8269
8270 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8271 return copy;
8272 }
8273
8274 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8275 ORIG is NULL. */
8276
8277 struct breakpoint *
8278 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8279 {
8280 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8281 if (orig == NULL)
8282 return NULL;
8283
8284 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8285 }
8286
8287 struct breakpoint *
8288 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8289 enum bptype type)
8290 {
8291 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8292
8293 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8294 sal.pc = pc;
8295 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8296 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8297
8298 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8299 }
8300 \f
8301
8302 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8303
8304 static void
8305 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8306 {
8307 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8308 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8309 return;
8310 printf_filtered ("\n");
8311 }
8312 \f
8313
8314 static struct bp_location *
8315 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8316 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8317 {
8318 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8319 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8320 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8321
8322 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8323 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8324
8325 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8326 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8327 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8328 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8329 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8330 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8331 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8332 sal->pc, b->type);
8333
8334 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8335 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8336 ;
8337 *tmp = loc;
8338
8339 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8340 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8341 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8342 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8343 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8344 loc->section = sal->section;
8345 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8346
8347 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8348 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8349 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8350
8351 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8352 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8353 return loc;
8354 }
8355 \f
8356
8357 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8358 return 0 otherwise. */
8359
8360 static int
8361 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8362 {
8363 int len;
8364 CORE_ADDR addr;
8365 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8366 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8367 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8368 int retval = 0;
8369
8370 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8371
8372 addr = loc->address;
8373 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8374
8375 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8376 if (bpoint == NULL)
8377 return 0;
8378
8379 target_mem = alloca (len);
8380
8381 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8382 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8383 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8384 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8385
8386 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8387 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8388
8389 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8390 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8391 retval = 1;
8392
8393 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8394
8395 return retval;
8396 }
8397
8398 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
8399 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
8400 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
8401 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
8402 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
8403 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. (Future
8404 styles may include the ability to do a target-side printf.) */
8405
8406 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
8407 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
8408 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
8409 dprintf_style_gdb,
8410 dprintf_style_call,
8411 NULL
8412 };
8413 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
8414
8415 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
8416 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
8417 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
8418 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
8419
8420 static char *dprintf_function = "";
8421
8422 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
8423 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
8424 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
8425 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
8426 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
8427 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
8428 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
8429
8430 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
8431
8432 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8433 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8434
8435 static void
8436 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8437 {
8438 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8439 char *printf_line = NULL;
8440
8441 if (!dprintf_args)
8442 return;
8443
8444 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8445
8446 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8447 insist on it. */
8448 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8449 ++dprintf_args;
8450 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8451
8452 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8453 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8454
8455 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, "gdb") == 0)
8456 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8457 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, "call") == 0)
8458 {
8459 if (!dprintf_function)
8460 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8461
8462 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8463 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8464 dprintf_function,
8465 dprintf_channel,
8466 dprintf_args);
8467 else
8468 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8469 dprintf_function,
8470 dprintf_args);
8471 }
8472 else
8473 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8474 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8475
8476 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8477 if (printf_line)
8478 {
8479 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8480
8481 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8482 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8483 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8484 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8485 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8486 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8487
8488 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8489 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8490 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8491 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8492 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8493 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8494
8495 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8496 }
8497 }
8498
8499 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8500 current style settings. */
8501
8502 static void
8503 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8504 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8505 {
8506 struct breakpoint *b;
8507
8508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8509 {
8510 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8511 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8512 }
8513 }
8514
8515 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8516 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8517 as condition expression. */
8518
8519 static void
8520 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8521 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8522 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8523 char *extra_string,
8524 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8525 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8526 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8527 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8528 int display_canonical)
8529 {
8530 int i;
8531
8532 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8533 {
8534 int target_resources_ok;
8535
8536 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8537 target_resources_ok =
8538 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8539 i + 1, 0);
8540 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8541 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8542 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8543 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8544 }
8545
8546 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8547
8548 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8549 {
8550 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8551 struct bp_location *loc;
8552
8553 if (from_tty)
8554 {
8555 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8556 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8557 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8558
8559 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8560 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8561 }
8562
8563 if (i == 0)
8564 {
8565 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8566 b->thread = thread;
8567 b->task = task;
8568
8569 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8570 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8571 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8572 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8573 b->disposition = disposition;
8574
8575 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8576 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8577
8578 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8579 {
8580 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8581 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8582
8583 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8584 {
8585 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8586 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8587 char *p = &addr_string[3];
8588 char *endp;
8589 char *marker_str;
8590
8591 p = skip_spaces (p);
8592
8593 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8594
8595 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8596 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8597
8598 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8599 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8600 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8601 }
8602 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8603 {
8604 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8605 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8606
8607 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8608 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8609 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8610 }
8611 else
8612 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8613 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8614 }
8615
8616 loc = b->loc;
8617 }
8618 else
8619 {
8620 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8621 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8622 loc->inserted = 1;
8623 }
8624
8625 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8626 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
8627
8628 if (b->cond_string)
8629 {
8630 char *arg = b->cond_string;
8631 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8632 if (*arg)
8633 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8634 }
8635
8636 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8637 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8638 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8639 {
8640 if (b->extra_string)
8641 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8642 else
8643 error (_("Format string required"));
8644 }
8645 else if (b->extra_string)
8646 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
8647 }
8648
8649 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8650 if (addr_string)
8651 b->addr_string = addr_string;
8652 else
8653 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
8654 me. */
8655 b->addr_string
8656 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
8657 b->filter = filter;
8658 }
8659
8660 static void
8661 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8662 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8663 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8664 char *extra_string,
8665 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8666 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8667 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8668 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8669 int display_canonical)
8670 {
8671 struct breakpoint *b;
8672 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8673
8674 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
8675 {
8676 struct tracepoint *t;
8677
8678 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8679 b = &t->base;
8680 }
8681 else
8682 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8683
8684 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
8685
8686 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
8687 sals, addr_string,
8688 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
8689 type, disposition,
8690 thread, task, ignore_count,
8691 ops, from_tty,
8692 enabled, internal, flags,
8693 display_canonical);
8694 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
8695
8696 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8697 }
8698
8699 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8700 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8701 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8702 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8703 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8704 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8705 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8706 we take just a single condition string.
8707
8708 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8709 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8710 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8711 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8712 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8713
8714 static void
8715 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8716 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8717 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
8718 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8719 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8720 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8721 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
8722 {
8723 int i;
8724 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
8725
8726 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8727 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
8728
8729 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
8730 {
8731 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8732 'break', without arguments. */
8733 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
8734 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
8735 : NULL);
8736 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
8737 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
8738
8739 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
8740 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
8741 addr_string,
8742 filter_string,
8743 cond_string, extra_string,
8744 type, disposition,
8745 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8746 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
8747 canonical->special_display);
8748 discard_cleanups (inner);
8749 }
8750 }
8751
8752 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8753 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8754 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
8755 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
8756
8757 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8758 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8759
8760 static void
8761 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
8762 struct linespec_result *canonical)
8763 {
8764 char *addr_start = *address;
8765
8766 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
8767 breakpoint. */
8768 if ((*address) == NULL
8769 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
8770 {
8771 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
8772 address. */
8773 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8774 {
8775 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8776 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8777
8778 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
8779 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
8780 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8781
8782 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8783 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
8784 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
8785 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
8786
8787 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8788 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8789 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8790 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8791 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8792 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8793
8794 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
8795 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
8796 lsal.canonical = NULL;
8797
8798 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
8799 }
8800 else
8801 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8802 }
8803 else
8804 {
8805 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8806 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8807 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8808 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
8809 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8810 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8811 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8812 get_last_displayed_line (),
8813 canonical, NULL, NULL);
8814 else
8815 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8816 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
8817 canonical, NULL, NULL);
8818 }
8819 }
8820
8821
8822 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8823 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8824
8825 static void
8826 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
8827 {
8828 int i;
8829
8830 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
8831 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
8832 }
8833
8834 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8835 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8836 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8837 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8838 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8839 it, etc. */
8840
8841 static void
8842 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8843 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
8844 {
8845 int i, rslt;
8846 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
8847 char *msg;
8848 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8849
8850 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
8851 {
8852 struct gdbarch *sarch;
8853
8854 sal = &sals->sals[i];
8855
8856 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8857 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8858 associated with SAL. */
8859 if (sarch == NULL)
8860 sarch = gdbarch;
8861 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
8862 NULL, &msg);
8863 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
8864
8865 if (!rslt)
8866 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
8867 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
8868
8869 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8870 }
8871 }
8872
8873 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8874 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8875 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8876 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8877 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8878 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8879
8880 static void
8881 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
8882 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
8883 char **rest)
8884 {
8885 *cond_string = NULL;
8886 *thread = -1;
8887 while (tok && *tok)
8888 {
8889 char *end_tok;
8890 int toklen;
8891 char *cond_start = NULL;
8892 char *cond_end = NULL;
8893
8894 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
8895
8896 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
8897 {
8898 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
8899 return;
8900 }
8901
8902 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
8903
8904 toklen = end_tok - tok;
8905
8906 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
8907 {
8908 struct expression *expr;
8909
8910 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
8911 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
8912 xfree (expr);
8913 cond_end = tok;
8914 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
8915 }
8916 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
8917 {
8918 char *tmptok;
8919
8920 tok = end_tok + 1;
8921 tmptok = tok;
8922 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
8923 if (tok == tmptok)
8924 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8925 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
8926 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
8927 }
8928 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
8929 {
8930 char *tmptok;
8931
8932 tok = end_tok + 1;
8933 tmptok = tok;
8934 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
8935 if (tok == tmptok)
8936 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8937 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
8938 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
8939 }
8940 else if (rest)
8941 {
8942 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
8943 tok += toklen;
8944 }
8945 else
8946 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8947 }
8948 }
8949
8950 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8951
8952 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8953 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
8954 {
8955 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
8956 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8957 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8958 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
8959 char *endp;
8960 char *marker_str;
8961 int i;
8962
8963 p = skip_spaces (p);
8964
8965 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8966
8967 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8968 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
8969
8970 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
8971 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
8972 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
8973
8974 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
8975 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
8976
8977 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8978 {
8979 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
8980
8981 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
8982
8983 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
8984
8985 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
8986 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
8987
8988 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
8989 }
8990
8991 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8992
8993 *arg_p = endp;
8994 return sals;
8995 }
8996
8997 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8998 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8999 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9000 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9001 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9002 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9003 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9004 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9005 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9006 false otherwise. */
9007
9008 int
9009 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9010 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9011 int thread, char *extra_string,
9012 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9013 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9014 int ignore_count,
9015 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9016 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9017 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9018 unsigned flags)
9019 {
9020 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9021 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9022 char *addr_start = arg;
9023 struct linespec_result canonical;
9024 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9025 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9026 int pending = 0;
9027 int task = 0;
9028 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9029
9030 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9031
9032 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9033
9034 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9035 {
9036 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9037 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9038 }
9039
9040 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9041 switch (e.reason)
9042 {
9043 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9044 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9045 return 0;
9046 break;
9047 case RETURN_ERROR:
9048 switch (e.error)
9049 {
9050 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9051
9052 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9053 error. */
9054
9055 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9056 throw_exception (e);
9057
9058 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9059
9060 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9061 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9062 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9063 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9064 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9065 return 0;
9066
9067 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9068 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9069 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9070 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9071 {
9072 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9073
9074 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9075 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9076 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9077 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9078 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9079 pending = 1;
9080 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9081 }
9082 break;
9083 default:
9084 throw_exception (e);
9085 }
9086 break;
9087 default:
9088 throw_exception (e);
9089 }
9090
9091 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9092 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9093
9094 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9095 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9096 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9097 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9098 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9099
9100 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9101 are ok for the target. */
9102 if (!pending)
9103 {
9104 int ix;
9105 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9106
9107 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9108 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9109 }
9110
9111 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9112 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9113 {
9114 int ix;
9115 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9116
9117 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9118 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9119 }
9120
9121 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9122 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9123 breakpoint. */
9124 if (!pending)
9125 {
9126 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9127
9128 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9129
9130 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9131 {
9132 char *rest;
9133 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9134 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9135 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9136 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9137 cond_string = NULL;
9138 thread = -1;
9139 rest = NULL;
9140 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9141 &thread, &task, &rest);
9142 if (cond_string)
9143 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9144 if (rest)
9145 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9146 if (rest)
9147 extra_string = rest;
9148 }
9149 else
9150 {
9151 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9152 if (cond_string)
9153 {
9154 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9155 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9156 }
9157 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9158 if (extra_string)
9159 {
9160 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9161 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9162 }
9163 }
9164
9165 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9166 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9167 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9168 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9169 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9170 }
9171 else
9172 {
9173 struct breakpoint *b;
9174
9175 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9176
9177 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9178 {
9179 struct tracepoint *t;
9180
9181 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9182 b = &t->base;
9183 }
9184 else
9185 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9186
9187 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9188
9189 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9190 b->cond_string = NULL;
9191 b->extra_string = NULL;
9192 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9193 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9194 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9195 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9196 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9197 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9198 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9199
9200 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9201 }
9202
9203 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9204 {
9205 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9206 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9207 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9208 }
9209
9210 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9211 breakpoint. */
9212 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9213 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9214 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9215
9216 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9217 update_global_location_list (1);
9218
9219 return 1;
9220 }
9221
9222 /* Set a breakpoint.
9223 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9224 condition, and thread.
9225 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9226 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9227 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9228
9229 static void
9230 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9231 {
9232 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9233 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9234 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9235 : bp_breakpoint);
9236 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9237 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9238
9239 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9240 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9241 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9242 else
9243 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9244
9245 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9246 arg,
9247 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9248 tempflag, type_wanted,
9249 0 /* Ignore count */,
9250 pending_break_support,
9251 ops,
9252 from_tty,
9253 1 /* enabled */,
9254 0 /* internal */,
9255 0);
9256 }
9257
9258 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9259
9260 void
9261 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9262 {
9263 CORE_ADDR pc;
9264
9265 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9266 {
9267 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9268 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9269 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9270 sal->pc = pc;
9271
9272 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9273 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9274 if (sal->explicit_line)
9275 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9276 }
9277
9278 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9279 {
9280 struct blockvector *bv;
9281 struct block *b;
9282 struct symbol *sym;
9283
9284 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9285 if (bv != NULL)
9286 {
9287 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9288 if (sym != NULL)
9289 {
9290 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9291 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9292 }
9293 else
9294 {
9295 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9296 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9297 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9298 happen in assembly source). */
9299
9300 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9301 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9302
9303 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9304
9305 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9306 if (msym)
9307 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9308
9309 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9310 }
9311 }
9312 }
9313 }
9314
9315 void
9316 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9317 {
9318 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9319 }
9320
9321 void
9322 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9323 {
9324 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9325 }
9326
9327 static void
9328 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9329 {
9330 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9331 }
9332
9333 static void
9334 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9335 {
9336 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9337 }
9338
9339 static void
9340 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9341 {
9342 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9343 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9344 stop at <line>\n"));
9345 }
9346
9347 static void
9348 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9349 {
9350 int badInput = 0;
9351
9352 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9353 badInput = 1;
9354 else if (*arg != '*')
9355 {
9356 char *argptr = arg;
9357 int hasColon = 0;
9358
9359 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9360 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9361 function/method name. */
9362 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9363 {
9364 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9365 argptr++;
9366 }
9367
9368 if (hasColon)
9369 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9370 else
9371 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9372 }
9373
9374 if (badInput)
9375 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9376 else
9377 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9378 }
9379
9380 static void
9381 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9382 {
9383 int badInput = 0;
9384
9385 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9386 badInput = 1;
9387 else
9388 {
9389 char *argptr = arg;
9390 int hasColon = 0;
9391
9392 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9393 it is probably a line number. */
9394 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9395 {
9396 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9397 argptr++;
9398 }
9399
9400 if (hasColon)
9401 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9402 else
9403 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9404 }
9405
9406 if (badInput)
9407 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9408 else
9409 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9410 }
9411
9412 void dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
9413
9414 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9415 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9416 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9417 line. */
9418
9419 void
9420 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9421 {
9422 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9423 arg,
9424 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9425 0, bp_dprintf,
9426 0 /* Ignore count */,
9427 pending_break_support,
9428 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9429 from_tty,
9430 1 /* enabled */,
9431 0 /* internal */,
9432 0);
9433 }
9434
9435 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9436 ranged breakpoints. */
9437
9438 static int
9439 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9440 struct address_space *aspace,
9441 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9442 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9443 {
9444 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9445 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9446 return 0;
9447
9448 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9449 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9450 }
9451
9452 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9453 ranged breakpoints. */
9454
9455 static int
9456 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9457 {
9458 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9459 }
9460
9461 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9462 ranged breakpoints. */
9463
9464 static enum print_stop_action
9465 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9466 {
9467 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9468 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9469 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9470
9471 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9472
9473 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9474 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9475
9476 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9477 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9478 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9479 else
9480 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9481 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9482 {
9483 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9484 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9485 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9486 }
9487 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9488 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9489
9490 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9491 }
9492
9493 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9494 ranged breakpoints. */
9495
9496 static void
9497 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9498 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9499 {
9500 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9501 struct value_print_options opts;
9502 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9503
9504 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9505 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9506
9507 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9508
9509 if (opts.addressprint)
9510 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9511 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9512 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9513 annotate_field (5);
9514 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9515 *last_loc = bl;
9516 }
9517
9518 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9519 ranged breakpoints. */
9520
9521 static void
9522 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9523 struct ui_out *uiout)
9524 {
9525 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9526 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9527 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9528 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9529
9530 gdb_assert (bl);
9531
9532 address_start = bl->address;
9533 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9534
9535 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9536 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9537 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9538 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9539 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9541
9542 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9543 }
9544
9545 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9546 ranged breakpoints. */
9547
9548 static void
9549 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9550 {
9551 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9552 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9553
9554 gdb_assert (bl);
9555 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9556
9557 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9558 return;
9559
9560 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9561 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9562 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9563 }
9564
9565 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9566 ranged breakpoints. */
9567
9568 static void
9569 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9570 {
9571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
9572 b->addr_string_range_end);
9573 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9574 }
9575
9576 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9577
9578 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9579
9580 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9581 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9582 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9583 last instruction of the given line. */
9584
9585 static CORE_ADDR
9586 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9587 {
9588 CORE_ADDR end;
9589
9590 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9591 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9592 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9593 end = sal.pc;
9594 else
9595 {
9596 int ret;
9597 CORE_ADDR start;
9598
9599 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9600 if (!ret)
9601 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9602
9603 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9604 end--;
9605 }
9606
9607 return end;
9608 }
9609
9610 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9611
9612 static void
9613 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9614 {
9615 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
9616 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9617 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9618 CORE_ADDR end;
9619 struct breakpoint *b;
9620 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
9621 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
9622 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
9623
9624 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9625 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9626 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9627
9628 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9629 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9630 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9631 bp_count, 0);
9632 if (can_use_bp < 0)
9633 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9634
9635 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9636 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9637 error(_("No address range specified."));
9638
9639 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
9640
9641 arg_start = arg;
9642 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
9643
9644 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
9645
9646 if (arg[0] != ',')
9647 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9648 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
9649 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9650
9651 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
9652
9653 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
9654 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
9655 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9656
9657 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
9658 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9659 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
9660
9661 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9662 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9663
9664 /* Parse the end location. */
9665
9666 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
9667 arg_start = arg;
9668
9669 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9670 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9671 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9672 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9673 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9674 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9675 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9676 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9677
9678 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
9679
9680 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
9681 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9682
9683 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
9684 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
9685 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
9686 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9687
9688 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
9689 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9690 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
9691
9692 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9693 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9694 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9695
9696 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9697 if (length < 0)
9698 /* Length overflowed. */
9699 error (_("Address range too large."));
9700 else if (length == 1)
9701 {
9702 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9703 the `hbreak' command. */
9704 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
9705
9706 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
9707
9708 return;
9709 }
9710
9711 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9712 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9713 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9714 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9715 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9716 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9717 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
9718 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
9719 b->loc->length = length;
9720
9721 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
9722
9723 mention (b);
9724 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9725 update_global_location_list (1);
9726 }
9727
9728 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9729 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9730 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9731 zero. */
9732
9733 static int
9734 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9735 {
9736 int i = exp->nelts;
9737
9738 while (i > 0)
9739 {
9740 int oplenp, argsp;
9741
9742 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9743 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9744 i -= oplenp;
9745
9746 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9747 {
9748 case BINOP_ADD:
9749 case BINOP_SUB:
9750 case BINOP_MUL:
9751 case BINOP_DIV:
9752 case BINOP_REM:
9753 case BINOP_MOD:
9754 case BINOP_LSH:
9755 case BINOP_RSH:
9756 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9757 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9758 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9759 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9760 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9761 case BINOP_EQUAL:
9762 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
9763 case BINOP_LESS:
9764 case BINOP_GTR:
9765 case BINOP_LEQ:
9766 case BINOP_GEQ:
9767 case BINOP_REPEAT:
9768 case BINOP_COMMA:
9769 case BINOP_EXP:
9770 case BINOP_MIN:
9771 case BINOP_MAX:
9772 case BINOP_INTDIV:
9773 case BINOP_CONCAT:
9774 case BINOP_IN:
9775 case BINOP_RANGE:
9776 case TERNOP_COND:
9777 case TERNOP_SLICE:
9778 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
9779
9780 case OP_LONG:
9781 case OP_DOUBLE:
9782 case OP_DECFLOAT:
9783 case OP_LAST:
9784 case OP_COMPLEX:
9785 case OP_STRING:
9786 case OP_BITSTRING:
9787 case OP_ARRAY:
9788 case OP_TYPE:
9789 case OP_NAME:
9790 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
9791
9792 case UNOP_NEG:
9793 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
9794 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
9795 case UNOP_ADDR:
9796 case UNOP_HIGH:
9797 case UNOP_CAST:
9798 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9799 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9800 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9801 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9802
9803 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9804 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9805 ADDR is. */
9806 break;
9807
9808 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
9809 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9810
9811 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9812 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9813 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9814 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9815
9816 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9817 are always constant. */
9818 {
9819 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
9820
9821 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
9822 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
9823 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
9824 return 0;
9825 break;
9826 }
9827
9828 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9829 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9830 then it is not a constant. */
9831 default:
9832 return 0;
9833 }
9834 }
9835
9836 return 1;
9837 }
9838
9839 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9840
9841 static void
9842 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
9843 {
9844 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
9845
9846 xfree (w->cond_exp);
9847 xfree (w->exp);
9848 xfree (w->exp_string);
9849 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
9850 value_free (w->val);
9851
9852 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
9853 }
9854
9855 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9856
9857 static void
9858 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9859 {
9860 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9861
9862 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9863 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9864
9865 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9866 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9867 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9868 are loaded and unloaded.
9869
9870 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9871 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9872 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9873 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9874 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9875 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9876
9877 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9878 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9879 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9880 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9881
9882 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9883 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9884
9885 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9886 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9887 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
9888 }
9889
9890 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9891
9892 static int
9893 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9894 {
9895 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9896 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
9897
9898 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
9899 w->cond_exp);
9900 }
9901
9902 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9903
9904 static int
9905 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9906 {
9907 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9908 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
9909
9910 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
9911 w->cond_exp);
9912 }
9913
9914 static int
9915 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9916 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9917 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9918 {
9919 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
9920 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9921
9922 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9923 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9924 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9925 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9926 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9927 (did not match the data address). */
9928 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
9929 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
9930 return 0;
9931
9932 return 1;
9933 }
9934
9935 static void
9936 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9937 {
9938 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
9939
9940 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
9941 }
9942
9943 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9944 hardware watchpoints. */
9945
9946 static int
9947 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9948 {
9949 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9950 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
9951
9952 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
9953 }
9954
9955 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9956 hardware watchpoints. */
9957
9958 static int
9959 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9960 {
9961 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9962 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9963 }
9964
9965 static enum print_stop_action
9966 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9967 {
9968 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9969 struct breakpoint *b;
9970 const struct bp_location *bl;
9971 struct ui_file *stb;
9972 enum print_stop_action result;
9973 struct watchpoint *w;
9974 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9975
9976 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
9977
9978 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
9979 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9980 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9981
9982 stb = mem_fileopen ();
9983 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9984
9985 switch (b->type)
9986 {
9987 case bp_watchpoint:
9988 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9989 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9990 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9991 ui_out_field_string
9992 (uiout, "reason",
9993 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9994 mention (b);
9995 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9997 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
9998 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9999 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10000 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10001 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10003 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10004 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10005 break;
10006
10007 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10008 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10009 ui_out_field_string
10010 (uiout, "reason",
10011 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10012 mention (b);
10013 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10014 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10015 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10016 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10017 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10018 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10019 break;
10020
10021 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10022 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10023 {
10024 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10025 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10026 ui_out_field_string
10027 (uiout, "reason",
10028 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10029 mention (b);
10030 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10031 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10032 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10033 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10034 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10035 }
10036 else
10037 {
10038 mention (b);
10039 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10040 ui_out_field_string
10041 (uiout, "reason",
10042 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10043 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10045 }
10046 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10047 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10048 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10049 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10050 break;
10051 default:
10052 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10053 }
10054
10055 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10056 return result;
10057 }
10058
10059 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10060 watchpoints. */
10061
10062 static void
10063 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10064 {
10065 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10066 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10067 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10068
10069 switch (b->type)
10070 {
10071 case bp_watchpoint:
10072 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10073 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10074 break;
10075 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10076 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10077 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10078 break;
10079 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10080 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10081 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10082 break;
10083 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10084 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10085 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10086 break;
10087 default:
10088 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10089 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10090 }
10091
10092 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10093 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10094 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10095 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10096 }
10097
10098 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10099 watchpoints. */
10100
10101 static void
10102 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10103 {
10104 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10105
10106 switch (b->type)
10107 {
10108 case bp_watchpoint:
10109 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10111 break;
10112 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10114 break;
10115 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10116 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10117 break;
10118 default:
10119 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10120 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10121 }
10122
10123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10124 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10125 }
10126
10127 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10128
10129 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10130
10131 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10132 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10133
10134 static int
10135 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10136 {
10137 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10138
10139 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10140 bl->watchpoint_type);
10141 }
10142
10143 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10144 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10145
10146 static int
10147 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10148 {
10149 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10150
10151 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10152 bl->watchpoint_type);
10153 }
10154
10155 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10156 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10157
10158 static int
10159 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10160 {
10161 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10162
10163 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10164 }
10165
10166 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10167 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10168
10169 static int
10170 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10171 {
10172 return 0;
10173 }
10174
10175 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10176 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10177
10178 static enum print_stop_action
10179 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10180 {
10181 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10182 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10183
10184 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10185 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10186
10187 switch (b->type)
10188 {
10189 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10190 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10191 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10192 ui_out_field_string
10193 (uiout, "reason",
10194 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10195 break;
10196
10197 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10199 ui_out_field_string
10200 (uiout, "reason",
10201 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10202 break;
10203
10204 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10205 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10206 ui_out_field_string
10207 (uiout, "reason",
10208 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10209 break;
10210 default:
10211 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10212 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10213 }
10214
10215 mention (b);
10216 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10217 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10218 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10219 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10220
10221 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10222 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10223 }
10224
10225 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10226 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10227
10228 static void
10229 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10230 struct ui_out *uiout)
10231 {
10232 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10233
10234 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10235 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10236
10237 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10238 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10239 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10240 }
10241
10242 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10243 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10244
10245 static void
10246 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10247 {
10248 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10249 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10250 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10251
10252 switch (b->type)
10253 {
10254 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10255 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10256 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10257 break;
10258 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10259 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10260 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10261 break;
10262 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10263 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10264 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10265 break;
10266 default:
10267 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10268 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10269 }
10270
10271 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10272 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10273 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10274 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10275 }
10276
10277 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10278 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10279
10280 static void
10281 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10282 {
10283 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10284 char tmp[40];
10285
10286 switch (b->type)
10287 {
10288 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10289 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10290 break;
10291 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10292 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10293 break;
10294 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10295 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10296 break;
10297 default:
10298 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10299 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10300 }
10301
10302 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10303 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10304 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10305 }
10306
10307 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10308
10309 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10310
10311 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10312
10313 static int
10314 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10315 {
10316 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10317 }
10318
10319 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10320 hw_read: watch read,
10321 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10322 static void
10323 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10324 int just_location, int internal)
10325 {
10326 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10327 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10328 struct expression *exp;
10329 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10330 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10331 struct frame_info *frame;
10332 char *exp_start = NULL;
10333 char *exp_end = NULL;
10334 char *tok, *end_tok;
10335 int toklen = -1;
10336 char *cond_start = NULL;
10337 char *cond_end = NULL;
10338 enum bptype bp_type;
10339 int thread = -1;
10340 int pc = 0;
10341 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10342 the hardware watchpoint. */
10343 int use_mask = 0;
10344 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10345 struct watchpoint *w;
10346
10347 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10348 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10349 {
10350 char *value_start;
10351
10352 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10353 of the arguments string. */
10354 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10355 {
10356 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10357 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10358 tok--;
10359
10360 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10361 This is the value of the parameter. */
10362 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10363 tok--;
10364 value_start = tok + 1;
10365
10366 /* Skip whitespace. */
10367 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10368 tok--;
10369
10370 end_tok = tok;
10371
10372 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10373 This is the parameter itself. */
10374 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10375 tok--;
10376 tok++;
10377 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10378
10379 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10380 {
10381 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10382 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10383 only in a specific thread. */
10384 char *endp;
10385
10386 if (thread != -1)
10387 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10388
10389 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10390 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10391
10392 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10393 thread ID. */
10394 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10395 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10396
10397 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10398 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10399 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
10400 }
10401 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10402 {
10403 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10404 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10405 facility. */
10406 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10407
10408 if (use_mask)
10409 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10410
10411 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10412
10413 mark = value_mark ();
10414 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10415 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10416 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10417 }
10418 else
10419 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10420 break;
10421
10422 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10423 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10424 *tok = '\0';
10425 }
10426 }
10427
10428 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10429 innermost_block = NULL;
10430 exp_start = arg;
10431 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
10432 exp_end = arg;
10433 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10434 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10435 prettier. */
10436 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10437 --exp_end;
10438
10439 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10440 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10441 {
10442 int len;
10443
10444 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10445 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10446 len--;
10447 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10448 }
10449
10450 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10451 mark = value_mark ();
10452 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10453
10454 if (just_location)
10455 {
10456 int ret;
10457
10458 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10459 val = value_addr (result);
10460 release_value (val);
10461 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10462
10463 if (use_mask)
10464 {
10465 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10466 mask);
10467 if (ret == -1)
10468 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10469 else if (ret == -2)
10470 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10471 }
10472 }
10473 else if (val != NULL)
10474 release_value (val);
10475
10476 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10477 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10478
10479 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10480 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10481 {
10482 struct expression *cond;
10483
10484 innermost_block = NULL;
10485 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10486 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
10487
10488 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10489 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10490 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10491
10492 xfree (cond);
10493 cond_end = tok;
10494 }
10495 if (*tok)
10496 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10497
10498 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10499 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10500 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10501 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10502 else
10503 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10504
10505 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10506
10507 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10508 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10509 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10510 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10511 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10512 {
10513 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10514 {
10515 scope_breakpoint
10516 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10517 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10518 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10519 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10520
10521 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10522
10523 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10524 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10525
10526 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10527 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10528
10529 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10530 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10531 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10532 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10533 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10534 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10535 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10536 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10537 scope_breakpoint->type);
10538 }
10539 }
10540
10541 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10542
10543 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10544 b = &w->base;
10545 if (use_mask)
10546 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10547 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10548 else
10549 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10550 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10551 b->thread = thread;
10552 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10553 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10554 w->exp = exp;
10555 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10556 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10557 if (just_location)
10558 {
10559 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10560 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10561 char *name;
10562
10563 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
10564 name = type_to_string (t);
10565
10566 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
10567 core_addr_to_string (addr));
10568 xfree (name);
10569
10570 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10571 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10572
10573 /* The above expression is in C. */
10574 b->language = language_c;
10575 }
10576 else
10577 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10578
10579 if (use_mask)
10580 {
10581 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10582 }
10583 else
10584 {
10585 w->val = val;
10586 w->val_valid = 1;
10587 }
10588
10589 if (cond_start)
10590 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10591 else
10592 b->cond_string = 0;
10593
10594 if (frame)
10595 {
10596 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
10597 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10598 }
10599 else
10600 {
10601 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10602 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10603 }
10604
10605 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10606 {
10607 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10608 need to act on them together. */
10609 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10610 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
10611 }
10612
10613 if (!just_location)
10614 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10615
10616 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10617 {
10618 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10619 that should be inserted. */
10620 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
10621 }
10622 if (e.reason < 0)
10623 {
10624 delete_breakpoint (b);
10625 throw_exception (e);
10626 }
10627
10628 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
10629 }
10630
10631 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10632 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10633
10634 static int
10635 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
10636 {
10637 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10638 struct value *head = v;
10639
10640 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10641 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10642 return 0;
10643
10644 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10645 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10646 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10647 hardware watchpoint.
10648
10649 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10650 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10651 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10652 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10653 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10654 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10655 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10656 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10657 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10658
10659 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10660 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10661 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10662 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10663 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
10664 {
10665 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10666 {
10667 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10668 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10669 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10670 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10671 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10672 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10673 ;
10674 else
10675 {
10676 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10677 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10678 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10679
10680 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10681 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10682 middle of some value chain. */
10683 if (v == head
10684 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10685 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10686 {
10687 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10688 int len;
10689 int num_regs;
10690
10691 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10692 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10693 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10694
10695 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10696 if (!num_regs)
10697 return 0;
10698 else
10699 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10700 }
10701 }
10702 }
10703 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10704 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10705 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10706 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10707 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10708 }
10709
10710 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10711 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10712 return found_memory_cnt;
10713 }
10714
10715 void
10716 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10717 {
10718 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10719 }
10720
10721 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
10722 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
10723 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
10724 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
10725
10726 static int
10727 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
10728 {
10729 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
10730 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
10731 {
10732 *str += arg_len;
10733 return 1;
10734 }
10735 return 0;
10736 }
10737
10738 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10739 calls watch_command_1. */
10740
10741 static void
10742 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10743 {
10744 int just_location = 0;
10745
10746 if (arg
10747 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10748 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10749 {
10750 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10751 just_location = 1;
10752 }
10753
10754 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10755 }
10756
10757 static void
10758 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10759 {
10760 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10761 }
10762
10763 void
10764 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10765 {
10766 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10767 }
10768
10769 static void
10770 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10771 {
10772 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10773 }
10774
10775 void
10776 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10777 {
10778 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10779 }
10780
10781 static void
10782 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10783 {
10784 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10785 }
10786 \f
10787
10788 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
10789 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
10790
10791 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
10792 {
10793 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
10794 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
10795 int thread_num;
10796 };
10797
10798 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
10799 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
10800 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
10801 command. */
10802 static void
10803 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
10804 {
10805 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
10806
10807 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
10808 if (a->breakpoint2)
10809 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
10810 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
10811 }
10812
10813 void
10814 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
10815 {
10816 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10817 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10818 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
10819 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
10820 struct frame_id stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
10821 struct frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10822 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
10823 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
10824 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10825 int thread;
10826 struct thread_info *tp;
10827
10828 clear_proceed_status ();
10829
10830 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10831 this function. */
10832
10833 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
10834 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10835 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10836 get_last_displayed_line ());
10837 else
10838 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10839 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
10840
10841 if (sals.nelts != 1)
10842 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10843
10844 sal = sals.sals[0];
10845 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
10846
10847 if (*arg)
10848 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10849
10850 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
10851
10852 tp = inferior_thread ();
10853 thread = tp->num;
10854
10855 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10856
10857 /* Installing a breakpoint invalidates the frame chain (as it may
10858 need to switch threads), so do any frame handling first. */
10859
10860 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10861 one. */
10862
10863 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10864 {
10865 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
10866
10867 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
10868 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10869 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10870 sal2,
10871 caller_frame_id,
10872 bp_until);
10873 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
10874
10875 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
10876 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
10877 }
10878
10879 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10880 frame = NULL;
10881
10882 if (anywhere)
10883 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
10884 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
10885 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
10886 null_frame_id, bp_until);
10887 else
10888 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
10889 only at the very same frame. */
10890 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
10891 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
10892 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
10893
10894 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
10895
10896 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
10897 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
10898 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
10899 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
10900
10901 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
10902 {
10903 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
10904 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
10905
10906 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
10907 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
10908 args->thread_num = thread;
10909
10910 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
10911 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
10912 until_break_command_continuation, args,
10913 xfree);
10914 }
10915 else
10916 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10917 }
10918
10919 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
10920 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
10921
10922 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
10923 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
10924 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
10925 if clause in the arg string. */
10926
10927 static char *
10928 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
10929 {
10930 char *cond_string;
10931
10932 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
10933 return NULL;
10934
10935 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
10936 (*arg) += 2;
10937
10938 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
10939 condition string. */
10940 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
10941 cond_string = *arg;
10942
10943 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
10944 string. */
10945 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
10946
10947 return cond_string;
10948 }
10949
10950 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
10951 process start/exit, etc. */
10952
10953 typedef enum
10954 {
10955 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
10956 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
10957 }
10958 catch_fork_kind;
10959
10960 static void
10961 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10962 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10963 {
10964 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10965 char *cond_string = NULL;
10966 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
10967 int tempflag;
10968
10969 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
10970 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
10971 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
10972
10973 if (!arg)
10974 arg = "";
10975 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10976
10977 /* The allowed syntax is:
10978 catch [v]fork
10979 catch [v]fork if <cond>
10980
10981 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10982 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10983
10984 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10985 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10986
10987 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
10988 and enable reporting of such events. */
10989 switch (fork_kind)
10990 {
10991 case catch_fork_temporary:
10992 case catch_fork_permanent:
10993 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10994 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
10995 break;
10996 case catch_vfork_temporary:
10997 case catch_vfork_permanent:
10998 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10999 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11000 break;
11001 default:
11002 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11003 break;
11004 }
11005 }
11006
11007 static void
11008 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11009 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11010 {
11011 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11012 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11013 int tempflag;
11014 char *cond_string = NULL;
11015
11016 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11017
11018 if (!arg)
11019 arg = "";
11020 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11021
11022 /* The allowed syntax is:
11023 catch exec
11024 catch exec if <cond>
11025
11026 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11027 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11028
11029 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11030 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11031
11032 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11033 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11034 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11035 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11036
11037 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11038 }
11039
11040 static enum print_stop_action
11041 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11042 {
11043 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11044 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11045 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11046
11047 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11048
11049 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11050 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11051 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11052 b->loc->address,
11053 b->number, 1);
11054 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11055 ui_out_text (uiout,
11056 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11057 : "Catchpoint ");
11058 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11059 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11060 ui_out_text (uiout,
11061 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11062 : " (exception caught), ");
11063 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11064 {
11065 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11066 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11067 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11068 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11069 }
11070 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11071 }
11072
11073 static void
11074 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11075 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11076 {
11077 struct value_print_options opts;
11078 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11079
11080 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11081 if (opts.addressprint)
11082 {
11083 annotate_field (4);
11084 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11085 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11086 else
11087 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11088 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11089 }
11090 annotate_field (5);
11091 if (b->loc)
11092 *last_loc = b->loc;
11093 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11094 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11095 else
11096 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11097 }
11098
11099 static void
11100 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11101 {
11102 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11103 int bp_temp;
11104 int bp_throw;
11105
11106 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11107 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11108 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11109 : _("Catchpoint "));
11110 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11111 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11112 : _(" (catch)"));
11113 }
11114
11115 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11116 catch catchpoints. */
11117
11118 static void
11119 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11120 struct ui_file *fp)
11121 {
11122 int bp_temp;
11123 int bp_throw;
11124
11125 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11126 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11127 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11128 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11129 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11130 }
11131
11132 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11133
11134 static int
11135 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11136 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11137 {
11138 char *trigger_func_name;
11139
11140 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11141 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11142 else
11143 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11144
11145 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11146 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11147 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11148 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11149 0,
11150 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11151 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11152 1 /* enabled */,
11153 0 /* internal */,
11154 0);
11155
11156 return 1;
11157 }
11158
11159 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11160
11161 static void
11162 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11163 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11164 {
11165 char *cond_string = NULL;
11166
11167 if (!arg)
11168 arg = "";
11169 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11170
11171 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11172
11173 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11174 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11175
11176 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11177 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11178 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11179
11180 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11181 return;
11182
11183 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11184 }
11185
11186 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11187
11188 static void
11189 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11190 {
11191 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11192
11193 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11194 }
11195
11196 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11197
11198 static void
11199 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11200 {
11201 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11202
11203 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11204 }
11205
11206 void
11207 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11208 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11209 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11210 char *addr_string,
11211 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11212 int tempflag,
11213 int from_tty)
11214 {
11215 if (from_tty)
11216 {
11217 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11218 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11219 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11220
11221 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11222 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11223 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11224 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11225 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11226 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11227 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11228 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11229 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11230 enough for now, though. */
11231 }
11232
11233 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11234
11235 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11236 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11237 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11238 b->language = language_ada;
11239 }
11240
11241 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11242 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11243 static VEC(int) *
11244 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11245 {
11246 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11247 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11248
11249 while (*arg != '\0')
11250 {
11251 int i, syscall_number;
11252 char *endptr;
11253 char cur_name[128];
11254 struct syscall s;
11255
11256 /* Skip whitespace. */
11257 while (isspace (*arg))
11258 arg++;
11259
11260 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11261 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11262 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11263 arg += i;
11264
11265 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11266 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11267 if (*endptr == '\0')
11268 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11269 else
11270 {
11271 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11272 to a number. */
11273 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11274
11275 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11276 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11277 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11278 syscall number to be caught. */
11279 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11280 }
11281
11282 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11283 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11284 }
11285
11286 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11287 return result;
11288 }
11289
11290 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11291
11292 static void
11293 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11294 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11295 {
11296 int tempflag;
11297 VEC(int) *filter;
11298 struct syscall s;
11299 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11300
11301 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11302 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11303 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11304 this architecture yet."));
11305
11306 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11307
11308 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11309
11310 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11311 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11312 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11313 for his/her architecture. */
11314 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11315
11316 /* The allowed syntax is:
11317 catch syscall
11318 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11319
11320 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11321
11322 if (arg != NULL)
11323 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11324 else
11325 filter = NULL;
11326
11327 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11328 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11329 }
11330
11331 static void
11332 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11333 {
11334 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11335 }
11336 \f
11337
11338 static void
11339 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11340 {
11341 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11342 }
11343
11344 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11345
11346 static int
11347 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11348 {
11349 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11350 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11351 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11352 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11353
11354 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11355 return -1;
11356 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11357 return 1;
11358
11359 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11360 the number 0. */
11361 if (ua < ub)
11362 return -1;
11363 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
11364 }
11365
11366 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11367
11368 static void
11369 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11370 {
11371 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11372 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11373 int ix;
11374 int default_match;
11375 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11376 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11377 int i;
11378 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11379
11380 if (arg)
11381 {
11382 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11383 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11384 default_match = 0;
11385 }
11386 else
11387 {
11388 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11389 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11390 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11391 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11392
11393 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11394 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11395 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11396 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11397 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11398 error (_("No source file specified."));
11399
11400 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11401 sals.nelts = 1;
11402
11403 default_match = 1;
11404 }
11405
11406 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11407 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11408 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11409 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11410
11411 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11412 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11413 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11414 due to optimization, all in one block.
11415
11416 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11417 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11418 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11419 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11420 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11421 to support that. */
11422
11423 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11424 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11425 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11426 breakpoint. */
11427
11428 found = NULL;
11429 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11430 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11431 {
11432 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11433
11434 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11435 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11436 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11437 or at default pc.
11438
11439 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11440
11441 0 1 pc
11442 1 1 pc _and_ line
11443 0 0 line
11444 1 0 <can't happen> */
11445
11446 sal = sals.sals[i];
11447 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11448 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11449
11450 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11451 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11452 {
11453 int match = 0;
11454 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11455 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11456 {
11457 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11458 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11459 {
11460 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11461 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11462 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11463 && sal.pc
11464 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11465 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11466 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11467 || loc->section == sal.section));
11468 int line_match = 0;
11469
11470 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11471 && loc->source_file != NULL
11472 && sal.symtab != NULL
11473 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11474 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11475 {
11476 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11477 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11478 line_match = 1;
11479 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11480 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11481 sal.symtab->filename,
11482 sal_name_len))
11483 line_match = 1;
11484 }
11485
11486 if (pc_match || line_match)
11487 {
11488 match = 1;
11489 break;
11490 }
11491 }
11492 }
11493
11494 if (match)
11495 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11496 }
11497 }
11498
11499 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11500 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11501 {
11502 if (arg)
11503 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11504 else
11505 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11506 }
11507
11508 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11509 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11510 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11511 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11512 compare_breakpoints);
11513 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11514 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11515 {
11516 if (b == prev)
11517 {
11518 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11519 --ix;
11520 }
11521 }
11522
11523 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11524 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11525 if (from_tty)
11526 {
11527 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11528 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11529 else
11530 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11531 }
11532 breakpoints_changed ();
11533
11534 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11535 {
11536 if (from_tty)
11537 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11538 delete_breakpoint (b);
11539 }
11540 if (from_tty)
11541 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11542
11543 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11544 }
11545 \f
11546 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11547 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11548 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11549
11550 void
11551 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11552 {
11553 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11554
11555 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11556 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11557 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11558 && bs->stop)
11559 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11560
11561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11562 {
11563 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11564 delete_breakpoint (b);
11565 }
11566 }
11567
11568 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11569 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11570 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11571 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11572 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11573 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11574
11575 static int
11576 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11577 {
11578 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11579 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11580 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11581 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11582 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11583
11584 if (a->address != b->address)
11585 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11586
11587 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11588 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11589 grouped. */
11590
11591 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11592 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11593 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11594
11595 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11596 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11597 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11598
11599 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11600 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11601 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11602
11603 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11604 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11605 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11606
11607 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11608 }
11609
11610 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11611 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11612 content of the bp_location array. */
11613
11614 static void
11615 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11616 {
11617 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11618
11619 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11620 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11621
11622 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11623 {
11624 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11625
11626 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11627 continue;
11628
11629 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11630 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11631
11632 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11633 addr = bl->address - start;
11634 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
11635 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11636
11637 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11638
11639 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11640 addr = end - bl->address;
11641 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11642 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11643 }
11644 }
11645
11646 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11647
11648 static void
11649 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11650 {
11651 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11652 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11653
11654 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11655 return;
11656
11657 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
11658
11659 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11660 {
11661 struct tracepoint *t;
11662
11663 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
11664 continue;
11665
11666 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11667 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11668 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11669 continue;
11670
11671 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11672 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11673 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11674 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11675 continue;
11676
11677 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11678
11679 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11680
11681 bl->inserted = 1;
11682 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
11683 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
11684 }
11685
11686 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11687 }
11688
11689 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11690
11691 static void
11692 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11693 {
11694 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11695 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11696 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11697 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11698
11699 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11700 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11701 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11702 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11703 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11704
11705 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11706 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11707 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11708 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11709 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11710 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11711 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11712 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11713 }
11714
11715 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11716 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11717 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11718 the target. */
11719
11720 static void
11721 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11722 {
11723 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11724 struct bp_location *loc;
11725 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11726 int pspace_num;
11727
11728 address = bl->address;
11729 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11730
11731 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11732 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11733 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11734 side. */
11735 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11736 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11737 return;
11738
11739 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11740 the same program space as the location
11741 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11742 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11744 {
11745 loc = *loc2p;
11746
11747 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11748 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11749 continue;
11750
11751 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11752 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11753 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11754 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11755 that have already been marked. */
11756 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11757
11758 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11759 it later on. */
11760 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
11761 {
11762 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
11763 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
11764 }
11765 }
11766 }
11767
11768 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
11769 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
11770 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
11771 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
11772 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
11773 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
11774 returns true on them.
11775
11776 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
11777 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
11778 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
11779 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
11780 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
11781 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
11782
11783 static void
11784 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
11785 {
11786 struct breakpoint *b;
11787 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11788 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11789 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11790 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11791 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11792 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11793
11794 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11795 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11796 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11797 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11798 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11799 once. */
11800 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11801 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11802 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11803 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11804
11805 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
11806 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11807 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
11808 unsigned old_location_count;
11809
11810 old_location = bp_location;
11811 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
11812 bp_location = NULL;
11813 bp_location_count = 0;
11814 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
11815
11816 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11817 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11818 bp_location_count++;
11819
11820 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
11821 locp = bp_location;
11822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11823 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11824 *locp++ = loc;
11825 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
11826 bp_location_compare);
11827
11828 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
11829
11830 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11831 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11832 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11833 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11834 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11835 location.
11836
11837 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11838 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11839
11840 locp = bp_location;
11841 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
11842 old_locp++)
11843 {
11844 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11845 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11846
11847 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11848 not, we have to free it. */
11849 int found_object = 0;
11850 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11851 int keep_in_target = 0;
11852 int removed = 0;
11853
11854 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11855 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11856 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
11857 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11858 locp++;
11859
11860 for (loc2p = locp;
11861 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
11862 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11863 loc2p++)
11864 {
11865 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11866 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11867 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11868 place there. */
11869 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11870 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11871 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11872 {
11873 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11874 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11875 }
11876
11877 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11878 found_object = 1;
11879 }
11880
11881 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11882 have to go through updates again. */
11883 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11884
11885 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11886 if (!found_object)
11887 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11888
11889 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11890 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11891 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11892 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11893 at certain location is not inserted. */
11894
11895 if (old_loc->inserted)
11896 {
11897 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11898 it. */
11899
11900 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11901 {
11902 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11903 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11904 keep_in_target = 1;
11905 }
11906 else
11907 {
11908 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11909 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11910 remove its target-side condition. */
11911
11912 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11913 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11914 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11915 this one from the target. */
11916
11917 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11918 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
11919 {
11920 for (loc2p = locp;
11921 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
11922 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11923 loc2p++)
11924 {
11925 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11926
11927 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11928 {
11929 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11930 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11931 supported, but the latter are. */
11932 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11933 {
11934 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11935 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11936 }
11937
11938 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11939 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11940 unduplicated. */
11941 if (loc2 != old_loc
11942 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11943 {
11944 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11945 keep_in_target = 1;
11946 break;
11947 }
11948 }
11949 }
11950 }
11951 }
11952
11953 if (!keep_in_target)
11954 {
11955 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
11956 {
11957 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11958 this location on the global list, and try to
11959 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11960 reason why we will succeed next time.
11961
11962 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11963 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11964 only after calling us. */
11965 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11966 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11967 old_loc->owner->number);
11968 }
11969 removed = 1;
11970 }
11971 }
11972
11973 if (!found_object)
11974 {
11975 if (removed && non_stop
11976 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
11977 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11978 {
11979 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11980 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11981 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11982 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11983 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11984 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11985 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11986 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11987 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11988 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11989 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11990 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11991 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11992 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11993 SIGTRAP.
11994
11995 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11996 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11997
11998 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11999 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12000 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12001 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12002 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12003 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12004 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12005 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12006 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12007 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12008 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12009 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12010 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12011 thread_count.
12012
12013 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12014 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12015 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12016 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12017
12018 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12019 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12020 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12021 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12022 traps we can no longer explain. */
12023
12024 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12025 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12026
12027 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12028 }
12029 else
12030 {
12031 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12032 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12033 }
12034 }
12035 }
12036
12037 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12038 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12039 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12040 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12041 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12042 are sorted first for the same address.
12043
12044 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12045 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12046
12047 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12048 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12049 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12050 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12051 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12052 {
12053 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12054 non-NULL. */
12055 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12056 b = loc->owner;
12057
12058 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
12059 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12060 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12061 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12062 `struct bp_location'. */
12063 || is_tracepoint (b))
12064 {
12065 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12066 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12067 continue;
12068 }
12069
12070 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12071 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12072 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12073 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12074 "actually inserted"));
12075
12076 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12077 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12078 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12079 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12080 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12081 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12082 else
12083 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12084
12085 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12086 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12087 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12088 {
12089 *loc_first_p = loc;
12090 loc->duplicate = 0;
12091
12092 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12093 {
12094 loc->needs_update = 1;
12095 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12096 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12097 }
12098 continue;
12099 }
12100
12101
12102 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12103 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12104 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12105 if (loc->inserted)
12106 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12107 loc->duplicate = 1;
12108
12109 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12110 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12111
12112 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12113 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12114 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12115 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12116 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12117 }
12118
12119 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12120 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12121 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
12122 {
12123 if (should_insert)
12124 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12125 else
12126 {
12127 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12128 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12129 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12130 "needs_update". */
12131 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12132 }
12133 }
12134
12135 if (should_insert)
12136 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12137
12138 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12139 }
12140
12141 void
12142 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12143 {
12144 struct bp_location *loc;
12145 int ix;
12146
12147 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12148 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12149 {
12150 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12151 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12152 --ix;
12153 }
12154 }
12155
12156 static void
12157 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12158 {
12159 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12160
12161 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12162 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12163 }
12164
12165 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12166
12167 static void
12168 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12169 {
12170 bpstat bs;
12171
12172 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12173 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12174 {
12175 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12176 bs->old_val = NULL;
12177 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12178 }
12179 }
12180
12181 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12182 static int
12183 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12184 {
12185 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12186
12187 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12188 return 0;
12189 }
12190
12191 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12192 callbacks. */
12193
12194 static void
12195 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12196 {
12197 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12198 struct value_print_options opts;
12199
12200 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12201
12202 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12203 single string. */
12204 if (b->loc == NULL)
12205 {
12206 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12207 }
12208 else
12209 {
12210 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12211 {
12212 printf_filtered (" at ");
12213 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12214 gdb_stdout);
12215 }
12216 if (b->loc->source_file)
12217 {
12218 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12219 more nicely. */
12220 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12221 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12222 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12223 else
12224 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12225 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12226 real situation somewhat. */
12227 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12228 }
12229
12230 if (b->loc->next)
12231 {
12232 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12233 int n = 0;
12234 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12235 ++n;
12236 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12237 }
12238 }
12239 }
12240
12241 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12242
12243 static void
12244 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12245 {
12246 xfree (self->cond);
12247 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12248 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12249 xfree (self->function_name);
12250 xfree (self->source_file);
12251 }
12252
12253 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12254 {
12255 bp_location_dtor
12256 };
12257
12258 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12259 inherit from. */
12260
12261 static void
12262 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12263 {
12264 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12265 xfree (self->cond_string);
12266 xfree (self->addr_string);
12267 xfree (self->filter);
12268 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12269 }
12270
12271 static struct bp_location *
12272 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12273 {
12274 struct bp_location *loc;
12275
12276 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12277 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12278 return loc;
12279 }
12280
12281 static void
12282 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12283 {
12284 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12285 }
12286
12287 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12288 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12289
12290 static int
12291 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12292 {
12293 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12294 }
12295
12296 static int
12297 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12298 {
12299 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12300 }
12301
12302 static int
12303 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12304 struct address_space *aspace,
12305 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12306 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12307 {
12308 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12309 }
12310
12311 static void
12312 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12313 {
12314 /* Always stop. */
12315 }
12316
12317 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12318 errors. */
12319
12320 static int
12321 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12322 {
12323 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12324 }
12325
12326 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12327 errors. */
12328
12329 static int
12330 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12331 {
12332 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12333 }
12334
12335 static enum print_stop_action
12336 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12337 {
12338 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12339 }
12340
12341 static void
12342 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12343 struct ui_out *uiout)
12344 {
12345 /* nothing */
12346 }
12347
12348 static void
12349 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12350 {
12351 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12352 }
12353
12354 static void
12355 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12356 {
12357 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12358 }
12359
12360 static void
12361 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12362 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12363 enum bptype type_wanted,
12364 char *addr_start,
12365 char **copy_arg)
12366 {
12367 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12368 }
12369
12370 static void
12371 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12372 struct linespec_result *c,
12373 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12374 char *cond_string,
12375 char *extra_string,
12376 enum bptype type_wanted,
12377 enum bpdisp disposition,
12378 int thread,
12379 int task, int ignore_count,
12380 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12381 int from_tty, int enabled,
12382 int internal, unsigned flags)
12383 {
12384 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12385 }
12386
12387 static void
12388 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12389 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12390 {
12391 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12392 }
12393
12394 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12395 {
12396 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12397 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12398 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12399 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12400 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12401 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12402 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12403 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12404 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12405 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12406 NULL,
12407 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12408 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12409 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12410 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12411 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12412 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12413 };
12414
12415 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12416
12417 static void
12418 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12419 {
12420 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12421 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12422 {
12423 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12424 delete_breakpoint (b);
12425 return;
12426 }
12427
12428 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12429 }
12430
12431 static int
12432 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12433 {
12434 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12435 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12436 &bl->target_info);
12437 else
12438 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12439 &bl->target_info);
12440 }
12441
12442 static int
12443 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12444 {
12445 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12446 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12447 else
12448 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12449 }
12450
12451 static int
12452 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12453 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12454 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12455 {
12456 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12457
12458 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12459 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12460 return 0;
12461
12462 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12463 aspace, bp_addr))
12464 return 0;
12465
12466 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12467 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12468 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12469 return 0;
12470
12471 return 1;
12472 }
12473
12474 static int
12475 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12476 {
12477 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12478
12479 return 1;
12480 }
12481
12482 static enum print_stop_action
12483 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12484 {
12485 struct breakpoint *b;
12486 const struct bp_location *bl;
12487 int bp_temp;
12488 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12489
12490 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12491
12492 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12493 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12494
12495 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12496 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12497 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12498 bl->address,
12499 b->number, 1);
12500 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12501 if (bp_temp)
12502 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12503 else
12504 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12505 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12506 {
12507 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12508 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12509 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12510 }
12511 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12512 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12513
12514 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12515 }
12516
12517 static void
12518 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12519 {
12520 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12521 return;
12522
12523 switch (b->type)
12524 {
12525 case bp_breakpoint:
12526 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12527 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12528 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12529 else
12530 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12531 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12532 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12533 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12534 break;
12535 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12536 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12537 break;
12538 case bp_dprintf:
12539 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12540 break;
12541 }
12542
12543 say_where (b);
12544 }
12545
12546 static void
12547 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12548 {
12549 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12550 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12551 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12552 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12553 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12554 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12555 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12556 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12557 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12558 else
12559 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12560 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12561
12562 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12563 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12564 }
12565
12566 static void
12567 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12568 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12569 enum bptype type_wanted,
12570 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12571 {
12572 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12573 addr_start, copy_arg);
12574 }
12575
12576 static void
12577 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12578 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12579 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12580 char *cond_string,
12581 char *extra_string,
12582 enum bptype type_wanted,
12583 enum bpdisp disposition,
12584 int thread,
12585 int task, int ignore_count,
12586 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12587 int from_tty, int enabled,
12588 int internal, unsigned flags)
12589 {
12590 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12591 cond_string, extra_string,
12592 type_wanted,
12593 disposition, thread, task,
12594 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12595 enabled, internal, flags);
12596 }
12597
12598 static void
12599 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12600 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12601 {
12602 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12603 }
12604
12605 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12606
12607 static void
12608 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12609 {
12610 switch (b->type)
12611 {
12612 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12613 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12614 case bp_overlay_event:
12615 case bp_longjmp_master:
12616 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12617 case bp_exception_master:
12618 delete_breakpoint (b);
12619 break;
12620
12621 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12622 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12623 case bp_shlib_event:
12624
12625 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12626 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12627 case bp_thread_event:
12628 break;
12629 }
12630 }
12631
12632 static void
12633 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12634 {
12635 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12636 {
12637 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12638 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12639 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12640 objects (among other things). */
12641 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12642 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12643 }
12644 else
12645 bs->stop = 0;
12646 }
12647
12648 static enum print_stop_action
12649 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12650 {
12651 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12652 struct breakpoint *b;
12653
12654 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12655
12656 switch (b->type)
12657 {
12658 case bp_shlib_event:
12659 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12660 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12661 to shlib event" message.) */
12662 print_solib_event (0);
12663 break;
12664
12665 case bp_thread_event:
12666 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12667 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12668 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12669 break;
12670
12671 case bp_overlay_event:
12672 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12673 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12674 break;
12675
12676 case bp_longjmp_master:
12677 /* These should never be enabled. */
12678 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12679 break;
12680
12681 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12682 /* These should never be enabled. */
12683 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12684 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12685 break;
12686
12687 case bp_exception_master:
12688 /* These should never be enabled. */
12689 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12690 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12691 break;
12692 }
12693
12694 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12695 }
12696
12697 static void
12698 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12699 {
12700 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12701 }
12702
12703 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12704
12705 static void
12706 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12707 {
12708 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12709 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
12710 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12711 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12712 }
12713
12714 static void
12715 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12716 {
12717 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12718 }
12719
12720 static enum print_stop_action
12721 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12722 {
12723 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12724
12725 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12726 {
12727 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12728
12729 switch (b->type)
12730 {
12731 case bp_finish:
12732 ui_out_field_string
12733 (uiout, "reason",
12734 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
12735 break;
12736
12737 case bp_until:
12738 ui_out_field_string
12739 (uiout, "reason",
12740 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
12741 break;
12742 }
12743 }
12744
12745 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12746 }
12747
12748 static void
12749 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12750 {
12751 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12752 }
12753
12754 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12755
12756 static int
12757 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12758 {
12759 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12760
12761 if (v == 0)
12762 {
12763 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12764 if needed. */
12765 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
12766 }
12767
12768 return v;
12769 }
12770
12771 static int
12772 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12773 {
12774 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12775 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
12776
12777 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
12778 }
12779
12780 static void
12781 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12782 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12783 enum bptype type_wanted,
12784 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12785 {
12786 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12787
12788 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
12789
12790 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
12791 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
12792
12793 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
12794 }
12795
12796 static void
12797 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12798 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12799 {
12800 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
12801 if (!sals->sals)
12802 error (_("probe not found"));
12803 }
12804
12805 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12806
12807 static void
12808 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12809 {
12810 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12811 }
12812
12813 static int
12814 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12815 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12816 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12817 {
12818 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12819 tracepoints. */
12820 return 0;
12821 }
12822
12823 static void
12824 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12825 struct ui_out *uiout)
12826 {
12827 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12828 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
12829 {
12830 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12831
12832 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
12833 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12834 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12835 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
12836 }
12837 }
12838
12839 static void
12840 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12841 {
12842 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12843 return;
12844
12845 switch (b->type)
12846 {
12847 case bp_tracepoint:
12848 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12849 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12850 break;
12851 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12852 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12853 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12854 break;
12855 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12856 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12857 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12858 break;
12859 default:
12860 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12861 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12862 }
12863
12864 say_where (b);
12865 }
12866
12867 static void
12868 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12869 {
12870 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12871
12872 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12874 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12875 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12876 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12877 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12878 else
12879 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12880 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12881
12882 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
12883 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12884
12885 if (tp->pass_count)
12886 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12887 }
12888
12889 static void
12890 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12891 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12892 enum bptype type_wanted,
12893 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12894 {
12895 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12896 addr_start, copy_arg);
12897 }
12898
12899 static void
12900 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12901 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12902 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12903 char *cond_string,
12904 char *extra_string,
12905 enum bptype type_wanted,
12906 enum bpdisp disposition,
12907 int thread,
12908 int task, int ignore_count,
12909 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12910 int from_tty, int enabled,
12911 int internal, unsigned flags)
12912 {
12913 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12914 cond_string, extra_string,
12915 type_wanted,
12916 disposition, thread, task,
12917 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12918 enabled, internal, flags);
12919 }
12920
12921 static void
12922 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12923 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12924 {
12925 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12926 }
12927
12928 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12929
12930 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12931 static probe. */
12932
12933 static void
12934 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12935 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12936 enum bptype type_wanted,
12937 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12938 {
12939 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12940 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12941 addr_start, copy_arg);
12942 }
12943
12944 static void
12945 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12946 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12947 {
12948 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12949 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
12950 }
12951
12952 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
12953
12954 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12955 markers (`-m'). */
12956
12957 static void
12958 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12959 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12960 enum bptype type_wanted,
12961 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12962 {
12963 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12964
12965 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
12966
12967 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
12968
12969 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
12970 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
12971 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
12972 }
12973
12974 static void
12975 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12976 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12977 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12978 char *cond_string,
12979 char *extra_string,
12980 enum bptype type_wanted,
12981 enum bpdisp disposition,
12982 int thread,
12983 int task, int ignore_count,
12984 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12985 int from_tty, int enabled,
12986 int internal, unsigned flags)
12987 {
12988 int i;
12989
12990 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12991 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12992 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12993 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12994 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12995 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12996
12997 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
12998 {
12999 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13000 struct tracepoint *tp;
13001 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13002 char *addr_string;
13003
13004 expanded.nelts = 1;
13005 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13006
13007 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13008 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13009
13010 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13011 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13012 addr_string, NULL,
13013 cond_string, extra_string,
13014 type_wanted, disposition,
13015 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13016 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13017 canonical->special_display);
13018 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13019 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13020 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13021 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13022 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13023 corresponds to this one */
13024 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13025
13026 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13027
13028 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13029 }
13030 }
13031
13032 static void
13033 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13034 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13035 {
13036 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13037
13038 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13039 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13040 {
13041 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13042 sals->nelts = 1;
13043 }
13044 else
13045 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13046 }
13047
13048 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13049
13050 static int
13051 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13052 {
13053 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13054 }
13055
13056 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13057 structures. */
13058
13059 void
13060 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13061 {
13062 struct breakpoint *b;
13063
13064 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13065
13066 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13067 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13068 especial culprits.
13069
13070 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13071 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13072 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13073 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13074 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13075 deleted.
13076
13077 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13078 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13079 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13080 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13081 was chosen. */
13082 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13083 return;
13084
13085 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13086 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13087 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13088 {
13089 struct breakpoint *related;
13090 struct watchpoint *w;
13091
13092 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13093 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13094 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13095 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13096 else
13097 w = NULL;
13098 if (w != NULL)
13099 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13100
13101 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13102 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13103 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13104 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13105 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13106 }
13107
13108 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13109 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13110 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13111 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13112 if (bpt->number)
13113 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13114
13115 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13116 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13117
13118 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13119 if (b->next == bpt)
13120 {
13121 b->next = bpt->next;
13122 break;
13123 }
13124
13125 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13126 been freed. */
13127 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13128 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13129 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13130 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13131 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13132 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13133 commands won't work. */
13134
13135 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13136
13137 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13138 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13139 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13140 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13141 might be better design to have location completely
13142 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13143 update_global_location_list (0);
13144
13145 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13146 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13147 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13148 bpt->type = bp_none;
13149 xfree (bpt);
13150 }
13151
13152 static void
13153 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13154 {
13155 delete_breakpoint (b);
13156 }
13157
13158 struct cleanup *
13159 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13160 {
13161 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13162 }
13163
13164 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13165 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13166
13167 static void
13168 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13169 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13170 void *),
13171 void *data)
13172 {
13173 struct breakpoint *related;
13174
13175 related = b;
13176 do
13177 {
13178 struct breakpoint *next;
13179
13180 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13181 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13182
13183 if (next == related)
13184 {
13185 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13186 function (related, data);
13187
13188 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13189 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13190 out. */
13191 break;
13192 }
13193 else
13194 function (related, data);
13195
13196 related = next;
13197 }
13198 while (related != b);
13199 }
13200
13201 static void
13202 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13203 {
13204 delete_breakpoint (b);
13205 }
13206
13207 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13208 delete_breakpoint. */
13209
13210 static void
13211 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13212 {
13213 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13214 }
13215
13216 void
13217 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13218 {
13219 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13220
13221 dont_repeat ();
13222
13223 if (arg == 0)
13224 {
13225 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13226
13227 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13228 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13229 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13231 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13232 {
13233 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13234 break;
13235 }
13236
13237 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13238 if (!from_tty
13239 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13240 {
13241 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13242 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13243 delete_breakpoint (b);
13244 }
13245 }
13246 else
13247 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13248 }
13249
13250 static int
13251 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13252 {
13253 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13254 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13255 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13256 return 0;
13257 return 1;
13258 }
13259
13260 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13261 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13262 Null names are ignored. */
13263
13264 static int
13265 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13266 {
13267 struct bp_location *l;
13268 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13269 (int (*) (const void *,
13270 const void *)) streq,
13271 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13272
13273 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13274 {
13275 const char **slot;
13276 const char *name = l->function_name;
13277
13278 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13279 if (name == NULL)
13280 continue;
13281
13282 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13283 INSERT);
13284 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13285 returns NULL. */
13286 if (*slot != NULL)
13287 {
13288 htab_delete (htab);
13289 return 1;
13290 }
13291 *slot = name;
13292 }
13293
13294 htab_delete (htab);
13295 return 0;
13296 }
13297
13298 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13299 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13300 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13301 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13302 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13303 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13304 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13305 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13306 The heuristic is:
13307
13308 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13309 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13310 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13311 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13312 in the sources, and output a warning.
13313
13314 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13315 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13316 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13317 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13318 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13319 warning.
13320
13321 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13322 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13323 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13324 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13325 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13326 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13327 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13328 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13329 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13330
13331 static struct symtab_and_line
13332 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13333 {
13334 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13335 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13336 CORE_ADDR pc;
13337
13338 pc = sal.pc;
13339 if (sal.line)
13340 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13341
13342 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13343 {
13344 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13345 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13346 b->number,
13347 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13348
13349 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13350 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13351 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13352
13353 return sal;
13354 }
13355
13356 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13357 by string ID. */
13358 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13359 && sal.line != 0
13360 && sal.symtab != NULL
13361 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13362 {
13363 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13364
13365 markers
13366 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13367
13368 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13369 {
13370 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13371 struct symbol *sym;
13372 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13373 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13374
13375 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13376
13377 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13378 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13379
13380 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13381 "found at previous line number"),
13382 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13383
13384 init_sal (&sal2);
13385
13386 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13387
13388 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13389 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13390 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13391 if (sym)
13392 {
13393 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13394 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13395 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13396 }
13397 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13398 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13399
13400 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13401 {
13402 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13403
13404 if (fullname)
13405 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13406 }
13407
13408 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13409 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13410
13411 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13412
13413 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13414 if (sym)
13415 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13416 else
13417 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13418
13419 xfree (b->addr_string);
13420 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13421 sal2.symtab->filename,
13422 b->loc->line_number);
13423
13424 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13425 so. */
13426
13427 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13428 }
13429 }
13430 return sal;
13431 }
13432
13433 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13434 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13435
13436 static int
13437 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13438 {
13439 while (a && b)
13440 {
13441 if (a->address != b->address)
13442 return 0;
13443
13444 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13445 return 0;
13446
13447 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13448 return 0;
13449
13450 a = a->next;
13451 b = b->next;
13452 }
13453
13454 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13455 return 0;
13456
13457 return 1;
13458 }
13459
13460 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13461 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13462 a ranged breakpoint. */
13463
13464 void
13465 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13466 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13467 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13468 {
13469 int i;
13470 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13471
13472 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13473 {
13474 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13475 location. */
13476 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13477 update_global_location_list (1);
13478 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13479 "multiple locations found\n"),
13480 b->number);
13481 return;
13482 }
13483
13484 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13485 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13486 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13487 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13488 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13489 individual locations. */
13490 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13491 return;
13492
13493 b->loc = NULL;
13494
13495 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13496 {
13497 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13498
13499 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13500
13501 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13502
13503 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13504 old symtab. */
13505 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13506 {
13507 char *s;
13508 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13509
13510 s = b->cond_string;
13511 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13512 {
13513 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13514 0);
13515 }
13516 if (e.reason < 0)
13517 {
13518 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13519 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13520 b->number, e.message);
13521 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13522 }
13523 }
13524
13525 if (sals_end.nelts)
13526 {
13527 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13528
13529 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13530 }
13531 }
13532
13533 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13534 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13535 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13536
13537 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13538 breakpoints. */
13539 {
13540 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13541 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13542 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13543 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13544 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13545 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13546 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13547
13548 for (; e; e = e->next)
13549 {
13550 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13551 {
13552 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13553 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13554 {
13555 for (; l; l = l->next)
13556 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13557 {
13558 l->enabled = 0;
13559 break;
13560 }
13561 }
13562 else
13563 {
13564 for (; l; l = l->next)
13565 if (l->function_name
13566 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13567 {
13568 l->enabled = 0;
13569 break;
13570 }
13571 }
13572 }
13573 }
13574 }
13575
13576 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13577 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13578
13579 update_global_location_list (1);
13580 }
13581
13582 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13583 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13584
13585 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13586 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
13587 {
13588 char *s;
13589 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
13590 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13591
13592 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13593 s = addr_string;
13594
13595 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13596 {
13597 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
13598 }
13599 if (e.reason < 0)
13600 {
13601 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13602 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13603 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13604 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13605 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13606 state, then user already saw the message about that
13607 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13608 errors. */
13609 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13610 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13611 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13612 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13613 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13614 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13615
13616 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13617 {
13618 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13619 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13620 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13621 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13622 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13623 which approach is better. */
13624 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13625 throw_exception (e);
13626 }
13627 }
13628
13629 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13630 {
13631 int i;
13632
13633 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13634 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
13635 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
13636 {
13637 char *cond_string = 0;
13638 int thread = -1;
13639 int task = 0;
13640 char *extra_string = NULL;
13641
13642 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
13643 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13644 &extra_string);
13645 if (cond_string)
13646 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13647 b->thread = thread;
13648 b->task = task;
13649 if (extra_string)
13650 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13651 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13652 }
13653
13654 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13655 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
13656
13657 *found = 1;
13658 }
13659 else
13660 *found = 0;
13661
13662 return sals;
13663 }
13664
13665 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13666 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13667 locations. */
13668
13669 static void
13670 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13671 {
13672 int found;
13673 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
13674 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
13675 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
13676
13677 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
13678 if (found)
13679 {
13680 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
13681 expanded = sals;
13682 }
13683
13684 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
13685 {
13686 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
13687 if (found)
13688 {
13689 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
13690 expanded_end = sals_end;
13691 }
13692 }
13693
13694 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
13695 }
13696
13697 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13698 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13699
13700 static void
13701 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
13702 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13703 enum bptype type_wanted,
13704 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13705 {
13706 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
13707 }
13708
13709 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13710 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13711 breakpoint_ops. */
13712
13713 static void
13714 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13715 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13716 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13717 char *cond_string,
13718 char *extra_string,
13719 enum bptype type_wanted,
13720 enum bpdisp disposition,
13721 int thread,
13722 int task, int ignore_count,
13723 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13724 int from_tty, int enabled,
13725 int internal, unsigned flags)
13726 {
13727 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
13728 extra_string,
13729 type_wanted, disposition,
13730 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13731 enabled, internal, flags);
13732 }
13733
13734 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13735 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13736
13737 static void
13738 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13739 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13740 {
13741 struct linespec_result canonical;
13742
13743 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
13744 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
13745 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13746 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13747 b->filter);
13748
13749 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13750 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
13751
13752 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
13753 {
13754 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
13755
13756 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
13757 *sals = lsal->sals;
13758 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
13759 contents. */
13760 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
13761 }
13762
13763 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
13764 }
13765
13766 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
13767
13768 static struct cleanup *
13769 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
13770 {
13771 struct cleanup *cleanups;
13772
13773 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13774 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
13775 if (b->pspace != NULL)
13776 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
13777 set_language (b->language);
13778
13779 return cleanups;
13780 }
13781
13782 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
13783 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
13784 Unused in this case. */
13785
13786 static int
13787 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
13788 {
13789 /* Get past catch_errs. */
13790 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
13791 struct cleanup *cleanups;
13792
13793 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
13794 b->ops->re_set (b);
13795 do_cleanups (cleanups);
13796 return 0;
13797 }
13798
13799 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
13800 void
13801 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13802 {
13803 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13804 enum language save_language;
13805 int save_input_radix;
13806 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13807
13808 save_language = current_language->la_language;
13809 save_input_radix = input_radix;
13810 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
13811
13812 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13813 {
13814 /* Format possible error msg. */
13815 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13816 b->number);
13817 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
13818 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
13819 do_cleanups (cleanups);
13820 }
13821 set_language (save_language);
13822 input_radix = save_input_radix;
13823
13824 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13825
13826 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13827
13828 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13829 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13830 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13831 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13832
13833 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
13834 skip_re_set ();
13835 }
13836 \f
13837 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13838
13839 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13840 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13841 void
13842 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13843 {
13844 if (b->thread != -1)
13845 {
13846 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
13847 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
13848
13849 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13850 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13851 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13852 as well. */
13853 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13854 }
13855 }
13856
13857 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13858 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13859 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13860
13861 void
13862 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13863 {
13864 struct breakpoint *b;
13865
13866 if (count < 0)
13867 count = 0;
13868
13869 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13870 if (b->number == bptnum)
13871 {
13872 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13873 {
13874 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13875 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13876 bptnum);
13877 return;
13878 }
13879
13880 b->ignore_count = count;
13881 if (from_tty)
13882 {
13883 if (count == 0)
13884 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13885 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13886 bptnum);
13887 else if (count == 1)
13888 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13889 bptnum);
13890 else
13891 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13892 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13893 count, bptnum);
13894 }
13895 breakpoints_changed ();
13896 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13897 return;
13898 }
13899
13900 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13901 }
13902
13903 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13904
13905 static void
13906 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13907 {
13908 char *p = args;
13909 int num;
13910
13911 if (p == 0)
13912 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13913
13914 num = get_number (&p);
13915 if (num == 0)
13916 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
13917 if (*p == 0)
13918 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13919
13920 set_ignore_count (num,
13921 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
13922 from_tty);
13923 if (from_tty)
13924 printf_filtered ("\n");
13925 }
13926 \f
13927 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
13928 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
13929
13930 static void
13931 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13932 void *),
13933 void *data)
13934 {
13935 int num;
13936 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
13937 int match;
13938 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13939
13940 if (args == 0)
13941 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13942
13943 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13944
13945 while (!state.finished)
13946 {
13947 char *p = state.string;
13948
13949 match = 0;
13950
13951 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
13952 if (num == 0)
13953 {
13954 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
13955 }
13956 else
13957 {
13958 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
13959 if (b->number == num)
13960 {
13961 match = 1;
13962 function (b, data);
13963 break;
13964 }
13965 if (match == 0)
13966 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
13967 }
13968 }
13969 }
13970
13971 static struct bp_location *
13972 find_location_by_number (char *number)
13973 {
13974 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
13975 char *p1;
13976 int bp_num;
13977 int loc_num;
13978 struct breakpoint *b;
13979 struct bp_location *loc;
13980
13981 *dot = '\0';
13982
13983 p1 = number;
13984 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
13985 if (bp_num == 0)
13986 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
13987
13988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13989 if (b->number == bp_num)
13990 {
13991 break;
13992 }
13993
13994 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
13995 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
13996
13997 p1 = dot+1;
13998 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
13999 if (loc_num == 0)
14000 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14001
14002 --loc_num;
14003 loc = b->loc;
14004 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14005 ;
14006 if (!loc)
14007 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14008
14009 return loc;
14010 }
14011
14012
14013 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14014 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14015 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14016
14017 void
14018 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14019 {
14020 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14021 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14022 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14023 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14024 return;
14025
14026 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14027 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14028 return;
14029
14030 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14031
14032 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14033 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14034
14035 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14036 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14037 {
14038 struct bp_location *location;
14039
14040 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14041 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14042 }
14043
14044 update_global_location_list (0);
14045
14046 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14047 }
14048
14049 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14050
14051 static void
14052 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14053 {
14054 disable_breakpoint (b);
14055 }
14056
14057 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14058 disable_breakpoint. */
14059
14060 static void
14061 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14062 {
14063 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14064 }
14065
14066 static void
14067 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14068 {
14069 if (args == 0)
14070 {
14071 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14072
14073 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14074 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14075 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14076 }
14077 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14078 {
14079 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14080 if (loc)
14081 {
14082 if (loc->enabled)
14083 {
14084 loc->enabled = 0;
14085 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14086 }
14087 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14088 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14089 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14090 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14091 }
14092 update_global_location_list (0);
14093 }
14094 else
14095 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14096 }
14097
14098 static void
14099 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14100 int count)
14101 {
14102 int target_resources_ok;
14103
14104 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14105 {
14106 int i;
14107 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14108 target_resources_ok =
14109 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14110 i + 1, 0);
14111 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14112 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14113 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14114 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14115 }
14116
14117 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14118 {
14119 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14120 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14121 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14122
14123 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14124 {
14125 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14126
14127 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14128 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14129 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14130 }
14131 if (e.reason < 0)
14132 {
14133 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14134 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14135 bpt->number);
14136 return;
14137 }
14138 }
14139
14140 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14141 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14142
14143 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14144
14145 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14146 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14147
14148 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14149 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14150 {
14151 struct bp_location *location;
14152
14153 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14154 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14155 }
14156
14157 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14158 bpt->enable_count = count;
14159 update_global_location_list (1);
14160 breakpoints_changed ();
14161
14162 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14163 }
14164
14165
14166 void
14167 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14168 {
14169 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14170 }
14171
14172 static void
14173 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14174 {
14175 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14176 }
14177
14178 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14179 enable_breakpoint. */
14180
14181 static void
14182 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14183 {
14184 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14185 }
14186
14187 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14188 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14189 in stopping the inferior. */
14190
14191 static void
14192 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14193 {
14194 if (args == 0)
14195 {
14196 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14197
14198 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14199 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14200 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14201 }
14202 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14203 {
14204 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14205 if (loc)
14206 {
14207 if (!loc->enabled)
14208 {
14209 loc->enabled = 1;
14210 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14211 }
14212 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14213 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14214 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14215 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14216 }
14217 update_global_location_list (1);
14218 }
14219 else
14220 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14221 }
14222
14223 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14224 breakpoints. */
14225
14226 struct disp_data
14227 {
14228 enum bpdisp disp;
14229 int count;
14230 };
14231
14232 static void
14233 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14234 {
14235 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14236
14237 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14238 }
14239
14240 static void
14241 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14242 {
14243 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14244
14245 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14246 }
14247
14248 static void
14249 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14250 {
14251 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14252 }
14253
14254 static void
14255 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14256 {
14257 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14258
14259 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14260 }
14261
14262 static void
14263 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14264 {
14265 int count = get_number (&args);
14266
14267 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14268 }
14269
14270 static void
14271 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14272 {
14273 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14274
14275 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14276 }
14277
14278 static void
14279 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14280 {
14281 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14282 }
14283 \f
14284 static void
14285 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14286 {
14287 }
14288
14289 static void
14290 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14291 {
14292 }
14293
14294 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14295 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14296 GDB itself. */
14297
14298 static void
14299 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
14300 const bfd_byte *data)
14301 {
14302 struct breakpoint *bp;
14303
14304 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14305 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14306 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14307 {
14308 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14309
14310 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14311 {
14312 struct bp_location *loc;
14313
14314 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14315 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14316 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14317 && addr + len > loc->address)
14318 {
14319 value_free (wp->val);
14320 wp->val = NULL;
14321 wp->val_valid = 0;
14322 }
14323 }
14324 }
14325 }
14326
14327 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
14328 if they aren't valid. */
14329
14330 struct symtabs_and_lines
14331 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
14332 {
14333 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
14334
14335 if (string == 0)
14336 error (_("Empty line specification."));
14337 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
14338 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
14339 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
14340 get_last_displayed_line ());
14341 else
14342 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
14343 if (*string)
14344 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
14345 return sals;
14346 }
14347
14348 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14349 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14350 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14351 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14352 someday. */
14353
14354 void *
14355 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14356 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14357 {
14358 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14359
14360 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14361
14362 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14363 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14364
14365 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14366 {
14367 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14368 xfree (bp_tgt);
14369 return NULL;
14370 }
14371
14372 return bp_tgt;
14373 }
14374
14375 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14376 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14377
14378 int
14379 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14380 {
14381 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14382 int ret;
14383
14384 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14385 xfree (bp_tgt);
14386
14387 return ret;
14388 }
14389
14390 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14391 stepping. */
14392
14393 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14394 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14395
14396 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14397
14398 void
14399 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14400 struct address_space *aspace,
14401 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14402 {
14403 void **bpt_p;
14404
14405 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14406 {
14407 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14408 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14409 }
14410 else
14411 {
14412 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14413 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14414 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14415 }
14416
14417 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14418 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14419 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14420 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14421 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14422 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14423
14424 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14425 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14426 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14427 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14428 }
14429
14430 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14431 were inserted or not. */
14432
14433 int
14434 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14435 {
14436 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14437 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14438 }
14439
14440 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14441
14442 void
14443 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14444 {
14445 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14446
14447 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14448 call. */
14449 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14450 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14451 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14452 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14453
14454 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14455 {
14456 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14457 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14458 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14459 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14460 }
14461 }
14462
14463 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14464 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14465 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14466 exec. */
14467
14468 void
14469 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14470 {
14471 int i;
14472
14473 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14474 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14475 {
14476 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14477 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14478 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14479 }
14480 }
14481
14482 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14483 removing them. */
14484
14485 static void
14486 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14487 {
14488 int i;
14489
14490 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14491 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14492 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14493 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14494 }
14495
14496 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14497 PC. */
14498
14499 static int
14500 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14501 CORE_ADDR pc)
14502 {
14503 int i;
14504
14505 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14506 {
14507 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14508 if (bp_tgt
14509 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14510 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14511 aspace, pc))
14512 return 1;
14513 }
14514
14515 return 0;
14516 }
14517
14518 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14519 non-zero otherwise. */
14520 static int
14521 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14522 {
14523 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14524 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14525 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14526 return 1;
14527 else
14528 return 0;
14529 }
14530
14531 int
14532 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14533 {
14534 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14535 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14536
14537 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14538 }
14539
14540 int
14541 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14542 {
14543 struct breakpoint *bp;
14544
14545 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14546 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14547 {
14548 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14549
14550 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14551 {
14552 int i, iter;
14553 for (i = 0;
14554 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14555 i++)
14556 if (syscall_number == iter)
14557 return 1;
14558 }
14559 else
14560 return 1;
14561 }
14562
14563 return 0;
14564 }
14565
14566 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14567 static char **
14568 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14569 char *text, char *word)
14570 {
14571 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14572 char **retlist
14573 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
14574
14575 xfree (list);
14576 return retlist;
14577 }
14578
14579 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14580
14581 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14582 static void
14583 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14584 {
14585 tracepoint_count = num;
14586 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14587 }
14588
14589 static void
14590 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14591 {
14592 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14593 const char *arg_cp = arg;
14594
14595 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
14596 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14597 else
14598 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14599
14600 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14601 arg,
14602 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14603 0 /* tempflag */,
14604 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14605 0 /* Ignore count */,
14606 pending_break_support,
14607 ops,
14608 from_tty,
14609 1 /* enabled */,
14610 0 /* internal */, 0))
14611 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14612 }
14613
14614 static void
14615 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14616 {
14617 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14618 arg,
14619 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14620 0 /* tempflag */,
14621 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14622 0 /* Ignore count */,
14623 pending_break_support,
14624 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14625 from_tty,
14626 1 /* enabled */,
14627 0 /* internal */, 0))
14628 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14629 }
14630
14631 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14632
14633 static void
14634 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14635 {
14636 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14637
14638 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14639 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14640 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
14641 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14642 else
14643 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14644
14645 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14646 arg,
14647 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
14648 0 /* tempflag */,
14649 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14650 0 /* Ignore count */,
14651 pending_break_support,
14652 ops,
14653 from_tty,
14654 1 /* enabled */,
14655 0 /* internal */, 0))
14656 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14657 }
14658
14659 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14660 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14661
14662 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14663 static int next_cmd;
14664
14665 static char *
14666 read_uploaded_action (void)
14667 {
14668 char *rslt;
14669
14670 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
14671
14672 next_cmd++;
14673
14674 return rslt;
14675 }
14676
14677 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14678 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14679 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14680 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14681 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14682
14683 struct tracepoint *
14684 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14685 {
14686 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
14687 struct tracepoint *tp;
14688
14689 if (utp->at_string)
14690 addr_str = utp->at_string;
14691 else
14692 {
14693 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14694 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14695 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14696 user. */
14697 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14698 "source location, using raw address"),
14699 utp->number);
14700 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14701 addr_str = small_buf;
14702 }
14703
14704 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14705 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14706 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14707 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14708 utp->number);
14709
14710 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14711 addr_str,
14712 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
14713 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14714 0 /* tempflag */,
14715 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14716 0 /* Ignore count */,
14717 pending_break_support,
14718 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14719 0 /* from_tty */,
14720 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14721 0 /* internal */,
14722 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14723 return NULL;
14724
14725 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14726
14727 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14728 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14729 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14730
14731 if (utp->pass > 0)
14732 {
14733 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
14734
14735 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14736 }
14737
14738 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14739 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14740 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14741 function. */
14742 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
14743 {
14744 struct command_line *cmd_list;
14745
14746 this_utp = utp;
14747 next_cmd = 0;
14748
14749 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
14750
14751 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
14752 }
14753 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
14754 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
14755 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14756 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14757 utp->number);
14758
14759 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14760 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14761 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14762
14763 return tp;
14764 }
14765
14766 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14767 omitted. */
14768
14769 static void
14770 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
14771 {
14772 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14773 int num_printed;
14774
14775 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14776
14777 if (num_printed == 0)
14778 {
14779 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14780 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
14781 else
14782 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14783 }
14784
14785 default_collect_info ();
14786 }
14787
14788 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14789 Not supported by all targets. */
14790 static void
14791 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14792 {
14793 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14794 }
14795
14796 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14797 Not supported by all targets. */
14798 static void
14799 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14800 {
14801 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14802 }
14803
14804 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14805 static void
14806 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14807 {
14808 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14809
14810 dont_repeat ();
14811
14812 if (arg == 0)
14813 {
14814 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14815
14816 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14817 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14818 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14819 argument. */
14820 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14821 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14822 {
14823 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14824 break;
14825 }
14826
14827 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14828 if (!from_tty
14829 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14830 {
14831 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14832 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14833 delete_breakpoint (b);
14834 }
14835 }
14836 else
14837 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14838 }
14839
14840 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14841
14842 static void
14843 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14844 {
14845 tp->pass_count = count;
14846 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
14847 if (from_tty)
14848 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14849 tp->base.number, count);
14850 }
14851
14852 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14853
14854 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14855 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14856 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14857
14858 static void
14859 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14860 {
14861 struct tracepoint *t1;
14862 unsigned int count;
14863
14864 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14865 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14866 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14867
14868 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14869
14870 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
14871 args++;
14872
14873 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14874 {
14875 struct breakpoint *b;
14876
14877 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14878 if (*args)
14879 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14880
14881 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14882 {
14883 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14884 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14885 }
14886 }
14887 else if (*args == '\0')
14888 {
14889 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
14890 if (t1)
14891 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14892 }
14893 else
14894 {
14895 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14896
14897 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14898 while (!state.finished)
14899 {
14900 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
14901 if (t1)
14902 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14903 }
14904 }
14905 }
14906
14907 struct tracepoint *
14908 get_tracepoint (int num)
14909 {
14910 struct breakpoint *t;
14911
14912 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14913 if (t->number == num)
14914 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14915
14916 return NULL;
14917 }
14918
14919 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14920 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14921 reconnecting). */
14922
14923 struct tracepoint *
14924 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14925 {
14926 struct breakpoint *b;
14927
14928 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14929 {
14930 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14931
14932 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14933 return t;
14934 }
14935
14936 return NULL;
14937 }
14938
14939 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14940 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14941 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
14942 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14943 struct tracepoint *
14944 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
14945 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
14946 int optional_p)
14947 {
14948 extern int tracepoint_count;
14949 struct breakpoint *t;
14950 int tpnum;
14951 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14952
14953 if (state)
14954 {
14955 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
14956 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
14957 }
14958 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
14959 {
14960 if (optional_p)
14961 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
14962 else
14963 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
14964 }
14965 else
14966 tpnum = get_number (arg);
14967
14968 if (tpnum <= 0)
14969 {
14970 if (instring && *instring)
14971 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14972 instring);
14973 else
14974 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
14975 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
14976 return NULL;
14977 }
14978
14979 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14980 if (t->number == tpnum)
14981 {
14982 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14983 }
14984
14985 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
14986 return NULL;
14987 }
14988
14989 void
14990 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
14991 {
14992 if (b->thread != -1)
14993 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
14994
14995 if (b->task != 0)
14996 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
14997
14998 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
14999 }
15000
15001 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15002 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15003 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15004 non-zero. */
15005
15006 static void
15007 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15008 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15009 {
15010 struct breakpoint *tp;
15011 int any = 0;
15012 char *pathname;
15013 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15014 struct ui_file *fp;
15015 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15016
15017 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15018 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15019
15020 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15021 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15022 {
15023 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15024 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15025 continue;
15026
15027 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15028 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15029 continue;
15030
15031 any = 1;
15032
15033 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15034 {
15035 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15036
15037 /* We can stop searching. */
15038 break;
15039 }
15040 }
15041
15042 if (!any)
15043 {
15044 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15045 return;
15046 }
15047
15048 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15049 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15050 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15051 if (!fp)
15052 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15053 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15054 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15055
15056 if (extra_trace_bits)
15057 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15058
15059 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15060 {
15061 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15062 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15063 continue;
15064
15065 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15066 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15067 continue;
15068
15069 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15070
15071 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15072 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15073 instead. */
15074
15075 if (tp->cond_string)
15076 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15077
15078 if (tp->ignore_count)
15079 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15080
15081 if (tp->commands)
15082 {
15083 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15084
15085 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15086
15087 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15088 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15089 {
15090 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15091 }
15092 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15093
15094 if (ex.reason < 0)
15095 throw_exception (ex);
15096
15097 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15098 }
15099
15100 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15101 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15102
15103 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15104 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15105 special, and not user visible. */
15106 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15107 {
15108 struct bp_location *loc;
15109 int n = 1;
15110
15111 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15112 if (!loc->enabled)
15113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15114 }
15115 }
15116
15117 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15118 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15119
15120 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15121 if (from_tty)
15122 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15123 }
15124
15125 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15126
15127 static void
15128 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15129 {
15130 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15131 }
15132
15133 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15134
15135 static void
15136 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15137 {
15138 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15139 }
15140
15141 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15142
15143 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15144 all_tracepoints (void)
15145 {
15146 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15147 struct breakpoint *tp;
15148
15149 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15150 {
15151 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15152 }
15153
15154 return tp_vec;
15155 }
15156
15157 \f
15158 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15159 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15160 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15161 command. */
15162 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15163 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15164 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15165 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15166 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15167 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15168 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15169 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15170 \n\
15171 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15172 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15173 \n\
15174 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15175 conditions are different.\n\
15176 \n\
15177 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15178
15179 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15180 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15181
15182 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15183 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15184
15185 void
15186 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15187 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15188 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15189 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15190 char *text, char *word),
15191 void *user_data_catch,
15192 void *user_data_tcatch)
15193 {
15194 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15195
15196 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15197 &catch_cmdlist);
15198 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15199 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15200 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15201
15202 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15203 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15204 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15205 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15206 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15207 }
15208
15209 static void
15210 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15211 {
15212 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15213 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15214
15215 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15216 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15217 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15218 }
15219
15220 static void
15221 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15222 {
15223 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15224 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15225 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15226 }
15227
15228 struct breakpoint *
15229 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15230 void *data)
15231 {
15232 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15233
15234 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15235 {
15236 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15237 return b;
15238 }
15239
15240 return NULL;
15241 }
15242
15243 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15244 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15245
15246 static int
15247 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15248 {
15249 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15250 non-inline function. */
15251 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15252 return 1;
15253
15254 return 0;
15255 }
15256
15257 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15258 have been inlined. */
15259
15260 int
15261 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15262 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15263 {
15264 struct breakpoint *b;
15265 struct bp_location *bl;
15266
15267 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15268 {
15269 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15270 continue;
15271
15272 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15273 {
15274 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15275 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15276 return 1;
15277 }
15278 }
15279
15280 return 0;
15281 }
15282
15283 void
15284 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15285 {
15286 static int initialized = 0;
15287
15288 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15289
15290 if (initialized)
15291 return;
15292 initialized = 1;
15293
15294 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15295 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15296 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15297 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15298 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15299 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15300 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15301 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15302 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15303 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15304 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15305 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15306
15307 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15308 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15309 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15310 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15311 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15312 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15313 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15314 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15315
15316 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15317 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15318 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15319 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15320 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15321 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15322 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15323 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15324 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15325 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15326
15327 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15328 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15329 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15330 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15331 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15332 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15333 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15334
15335 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15336 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15337 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15338 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15339 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15340 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15341 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15342
15343 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15344 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15345 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15346 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15347 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15348 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15349 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15350
15351 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15352 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15353 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15354 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15355 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15356 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15357 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15358
15359 /* Watchpoints. */
15360 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15361 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15362 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15363 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15364 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15365 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15366 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15367 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15368 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15369 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15370 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15371 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15372 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15373
15374 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15375 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15376 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15377 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15378 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15379 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15380 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15381 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15382 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15383 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15384 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15385
15386 /* Tracepoints. */
15387 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15388 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15389 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15390 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15391 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15392 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15393 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15394 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15395 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15396 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15397
15398 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15399 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15400 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15401 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15402 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15403
15404 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15405 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15406 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15407 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15408 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15409 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15410
15411 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15412 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15413 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15414 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15415 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15416 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15417 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15418 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15419 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15420 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15421
15422 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15423 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15424 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15425 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15426 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15427 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15428 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15429 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15430 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15431 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15432
15433 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15434 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15435 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15436 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15437 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15438 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15439 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15440 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15441 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15442 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15443 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15444
15445 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15446 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15447 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15448 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15449 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15450 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15451 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15452 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15453 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15454 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15455 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15456
15457 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15458 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15459 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15460 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15461 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15462 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15463 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15464 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15465 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15466 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15467 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15468 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15469
15470 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15471 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15472 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15473 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15474 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15475 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15476 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15477 }
15478
15479 void
15480 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15481 {
15482 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15483
15484 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15485
15486 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15487 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15488 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15489
15490 breakpoint_objfile_key
15491 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15492
15493 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15494 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15495
15496 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15497 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15498 before a breakpoint is set. */
15499 breakpoint_count = 0;
15500
15501 tracepoint_count = 0;
15502
15503 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15504 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15505 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15506 if (xdb_commands)
15507 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15508
15509 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15510 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15511 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15512 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15513 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15514 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15515 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15516 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15517
15518 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15519 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15520 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15521 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15522
15523 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15524 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15525 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15526 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15527 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15528 \n"
15529 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15530 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15531
15532 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15533 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15534 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15535 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15536 \n"
15537 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15538 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15539
15540 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15541 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15542 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15543 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15544 \n"
15545 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15546 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15547
15548 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15549 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15550 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15551 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15552 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15553 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15554 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15555 if (xdb_commands)
15556 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15557 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15558 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15559 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15560 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15561 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15562
15563 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15564
15565 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15566 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15567 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15568 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15569 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15570 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15571
15572 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15573 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15574 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15575 &enablebreaklist);
15576
15577 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15578 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15579 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15580 &enablebreaklist);
15581
15582 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15583 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15584 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15585 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15586 &enablebreaklist);
15587
15588 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15589 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15590 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15591 &enablelist);
15592
15593 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15594 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15595 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15596 &enablelist);
15597
15598 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15599 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15600 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15601 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15602 &enablelist);
15603
15604 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15605 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15606 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15607 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15608 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15609 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15610 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15611 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15612 if (xdb_commands)
15613 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15614 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15615 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15616 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15617 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
15618
15619 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15620 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15621 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15622 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15623 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15624 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15625 &disablelist);
15626
15627 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15628 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15629 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15630 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15631 \n\
15632 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15633 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15634 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15635 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15636 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15637 if (xdb_commands)
15638 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15639 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
15640 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15641 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
15642
15643 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15644 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15645 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15646 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15647 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15648 &deletelist);
15649
15650 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15651 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
15652 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15653 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
15654 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
15655 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
15656 \n\
15657 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15658 is executing in.\n\
15659 \n\
15660 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15661 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15662
15663 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15664 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
15665 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15666 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15667
15668 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15669 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15670 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15671 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15672
15673 if (xdb_commands)
15674 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
15675
15676 if (dbx_commands)
15677 {
15678 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15679 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15680 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15681 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15682 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15683 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15684 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15685 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
15686 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15687 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15688 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15689 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15690 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15691 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15692 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15693 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15694 \n\
15695 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15696 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15697 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15698 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15699 breakpoint set."));
15700 }
15701
15702 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
15703 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15704 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15705 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15706 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15707 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15708 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15709 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15710 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15711 \n\
15712 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15713 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15714 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15715 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15716 breakpoint set."));
15717
15718 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15719
15720 if (xdb_commands)
15721 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
15722 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15723 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15724 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15725 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15726 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15727 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15728 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15729 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15730 \n\
15731 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15732 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15733 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15734 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15735 breakpoint set."));
15736
15737 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15738 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15739 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15740 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15741 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15742 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15743 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15744 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15745 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15746 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15747 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15748 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15749 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15750 \n\
15751 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15752 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15753 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15754 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15755 breakpoint set."),
15756 &maintenanceinfolist);
15757
15758 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15759 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15760 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15761 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15762
15763 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15764 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15765 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15766 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15767
15768 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
15769 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
15770 Catch an exception, when caught."),
15771 catch_catch_command,
15772 NULL,
15773 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15774 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15775 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
15776 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
15777 catch_throw_command,
15778 NULL,
15779 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15780 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15781 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15782 catch_fork_command_1,
15783 NULL,
15784 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15785 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15786 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15787 catch_fork_command_1,
15788 NULL,
15789 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15790 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15791 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15792 catch_exec_command_1,
15793 NULL,
15794 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15795 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15796 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15797 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15798 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15799 catch_load_command_1,
15800 NULL,
15801 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15802 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15803 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15804 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15805 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15806 catch_unload_command_1,
15807 NULL,
15808 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15809 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15810 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
15811 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
15812 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
15813 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
15814 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
15815 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
15816 catch_syscall_command_1,
15817 catch_syscall_completer,
15818 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15819 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15820
15821 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15822 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15823 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15824 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15825 an expression changes.\n\
15826 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15827 the memory to which it refers."));
15828 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15829
15830 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15831 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15832 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15833 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15834 an expression is read.\n\
15835 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15836 the memory to which it refers."));
15837 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15838
15839 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15840 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15841 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15842 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15843 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15844 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15845 the memory to which it refers."));
15846 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15847
15848 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
15849 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15850
15851 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15852 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15853 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15854 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15855 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15856 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15857 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15858 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15859 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15860 hardware.)"),
15861 NULL,
15862 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15863 &setlist, &showlist);
15864
15865 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15866
15867 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15868
15869 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15870 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15871 \n"
15872 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15873 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15874 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15875
15876 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15877 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15878 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15879 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15880
15881 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15882 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15883 \n"
15884 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15885 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15886 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15887
15888 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15889 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
15890 \n\
15891 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15892 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
15893 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
15894 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
15895 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
15896 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
15897 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
15898 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
15899 the selected stack frame.\n\
15900 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15901 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15902 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15903 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15904 \n\
15905 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15906 \n\
15907 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15908 conditions are different.\n\
15909 \n\
15910 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15911 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15912 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15913
15914 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
15915 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15916 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15917 last tracepoint set."));
15918
15919 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15920
15921 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15922 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15923 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15924 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15925 &deletelist);
15926
15927 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15928 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15929 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15930 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15931 &disablelist);
15932 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15933
15934 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15935 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15936 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15937 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15938 &enablelist);
15939 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15940
15941 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15942 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15943 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15944 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15945 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15946
15947 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15948 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15949 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15950 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15951
15952 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15953 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15954 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15955 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15956 session to restore them."),
15957 &save_cmdlist);
15958 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15959
15960 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15961 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15962 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15963 &save_cmdlist);
15964 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15965
15966 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15967 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15968
15969 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15970 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15971 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15972 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15973 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15974 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15975 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15976 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15977 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15978 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15979 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15980 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15981
15982 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15983 &pending_break_support, _("\
15984 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15985 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15986 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15987 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15988 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15989 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15990 NULL,
15991 show_pending_break_support,
15992 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15993 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15994
15995 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
15996
15997 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
15998 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
15999 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16000 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16001 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16002 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16003 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16004 NULL,
16005 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16006 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16007 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16008
16009 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16010 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16011 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16012 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16013 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16014 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16015 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16016 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16017 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16018 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16019 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16020 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16021 NULL,
16022 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16023 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16024 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16025
16026 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16027 condition_evaluation_enums,
16028 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16029 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16030 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16031 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16032 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16033 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16034 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16035 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16036 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16037 be set to \"gdb\""),
16038 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16039 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16040 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16041 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16042
16043 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16044 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16045 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16046 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16047 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16048 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16049 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16050 or the start of the range\n\
16051 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16052 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16053 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16054 \n\
16055 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16056 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16057 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16058
16059 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16060 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16061 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16062 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16063 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16064 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16065 "));
16066 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16067
16068 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16069 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16070 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16071 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16072 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16073 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16074 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16075 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16076 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16077 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16078 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16079 &setlist, &showlist);
16080
16081 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16082 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16083 &dprintf_function, _("\
16084 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16085 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16086 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16087 &setlist, &showlist);
16088
16089 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16090 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16091 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16092 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16093 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16094 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16095 &setlist, &showlist);
16096
16097 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16098
16099 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16100 }